Bài Tập Bổ Trợ Nâng Cao Tiếng Anh 9 Chương Trình Cũ (Hệ 7 Năm) - Bản Gv (330 Trang)

BÀI TẬP BỔ TRỢ NÂNG
CAO TIẾNG ANH
vectorstock.com/7952634
Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú

eBook Collection
BÀI TẬP BỔ TRỢ NÂNG CAO TIẾNG ANH 9

CHƯƠNG TRÌNH CŨ (HỆ 7 NĂM) - BẢN GV
(330 TRANG)
WORD VERSION | 2023 EDITION
ORDER NOW / CHUYỂN GIAO QUA EMAIL
TAILIEUCHUANTHAMKHAO@GMAIL.COM
Tài liệu chuẩn tham khảo

Phát triển kênh bởi
Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú
Đơn vị tài trợ / phát hành / chia sẻ học thuật :
Nguyen Thanh Tu Group
Hỗ trợ trực tuyến

Fb www.facebook.com/DayKemQuyNhon
Mobi/Zalo 0905779594
English 9 T I LI U GI O VI N
UNIT 1: A VISIT FROM A PEN PAL

MỘT CHUYẾN THĂM CỦA NGƢỜI BẠN QUEN BIẾT QUA THƢ
VOCABULARY
- foreign /ˈfɒrən/ (a): thuộc về nƣớc ngoài
+ foreigner /ˈfɒrənə(r)/ (n): ngƣời nƣớc ngoài
- activity /ækˈtɪvəti/ (n): hoạt động
- correspond /ˌkɒrəˈspɒnd/ (v): trao đổi thƣ từ
- at least /ət - liːst/: ít nhất
- modern /ˈmɒdn/(a): hiện đại
- ancient /ˈeɪnʃənt/ (a): cổ xƣa
- impress /ɪmˈpres/ (v): gây ấn tƣợng
+ impression /ɪmˈpreʃn/ (n): sự gây ấn tƣợng
+ impressive /ɪmˈpresɪv/(a): gây ấn tƣợng
- beauty /ˈbjuːti/ (n): vẻ đẹp
+ beautiful /ˈbjuːtɪfl/ (a): đẹp
+ beautify /ˈbjuːtɪfaɪ/ (v): làm đẹp
- friendliness /ˈfrendlinəs/ (n): sự thân thiện
- mausoleum /ˌmɔːsəˈliːəm/ (n) lăng mộ
- mosque /mɒsk/ (n) nhà thờ Hồi giáo
- primary school /ˈpraɪməri - skuːl/: trƣờng tiểu học
- secondary school /ˈsekəndri - skuːl /: trƣờng trung học
- peace /piːs/(n): hòa bình, sự thanh bình
+ peaceful /ˈpiːsfl/ (a): thanh bình, yên tĩnh
- atmosphere /ˈætməsfɪə(r)/ (n): bầu không khí
- pray /preɪ/(v): cầu nguyện
- abroad /əˈbrɔːd/ (a) (ở, đi) nƣớc ngoài
- depend on /dɪˈpend/ = rely on /rɪˈlaɪ/ : tùy thuộc vào, dựa vào
- anyway /ˈeniweɪ/ (adv): dù sao đi nữa
- keep in touch with: giữ liên lạc
- worship/ˈwɜːʃɪp/ (v): thờ phƣợng
- similar /ˈsɪmələ(r)/ (a): tƣơng tự
- industry /ˈɪndəstri/ (n) : ngành công nghiệp
+ industrial /ɪnˈdʌstriəl/ (a): thuộc về công nghiệp
- temple/ˈtempl/ (n): đền, đình
- association /əˌsəʊʃiˈeɪʃn/ (n): hiệp hội
- Asian /ˈeɪʃn/ (a): thuộc Châu
- divide into /dɪˈvaɪd/: chia ra
- region /ˈriːdʒən/ (n): vùng, miền
+ regional /ˈriːdʒənl/ (a): thuộc vùng, miền
- comprise /kəmˈpraɪz/ (v): bao gồm
- tropical /ˈtrɒpɪkl/ (a): thuộc về nhiệt đới
- climate /ˈklaɪmət/ (n) khí hậu
- unit of currency /ˈjuːnɪt - əv-/ˈkʌrənsi /: đơn vị tiền tệ
- consist of /kənˈsɪst/ = include /ɪnˈkluːd/ (v): bao gồm, gồm có
- population /ˌpɒpjuˈleɪʃn/ (n) dân số
- Islam /ˈɪzlɑːm/ (n): Hồi giáo
- official /əˈfɪʃl/ (a): chính thức
- religion /rɪˈlɪdʒən/ (n) tôn giáo
T EU VE Page 1
+ religious /rɪˈlɪdʒəs/ (a) thuộc về tôn giáo

- in addition /əˈdɪʃn/: ngoài ra
- Buddhism /ˈbʊdɪzəm/(n): Phật giáo
- Hinduism /ˈhɪnduːɪzəm/ (n) Ấn giáo
- widely /ˈwaɪdli/ (adv): một cách rộng rãi
- educate /ˈedʒukeɪt/(v): giáo dục
+ education /ˌedʒuˈkeɪʃn/ (n): nền giáo dục
+ educational /ˌedʒuˈkeɪʃənl/ (a) thuộc về giáo dục
- instruct /ɪnˈstrʌkt/(v): hƣớng dẫn, chỉ dạy
+ instruction /ɪnˈstrʌkʃn/ (n): việc giáo dục
+ instructor /ɪnˈstrʌktə(r)/(n): ngƣời hƣớng dẫn
- compulsory /kəmˈpʌlsəri/ (a): bắt buộc
- area /ˈeəriə/ (n): diện tích
- member country /ˈmembə(r) -ˈkʌntri/ : quốc gia thành viên
- relative/ˈrelətɪv/ (n): nhân thân, bà con
- farewell party /ˌfeəˈwel - ˈpɑːti/: tiệc chia tay
GRAMMAR
BẢNG T M TẮTCÂU ĐIỀU ƢỚC CHO HIỆN TẠI (WISHES FOR THE PRESENT)
Trƣờng hợp 1 Trƣờng hợp 2
Cách Dùng Diễn tả một sự không hài long, không thỏa mãn Diễn tả điều ƣớc cho một sự việc ta
với một hoàn cảnh ở hiện tại, và ao ƣớc hoàn mong muốn nó xảy ran gay tại thời
cảnh đó xảy ra theo chiều hƣớng khác đi ở hiện điểm nói.
tại và tƣơng lai
Cấu trúc I wish + S + V-ed ( Qúa khứ đơn) I wish + S + was/were + V-ing ( quá
khứ tiếp diễn)
Hoặc I wish + could + V
Ví dụ - I wish I knew more about European history. - My son wishes he were studying
(=but I don‟t know much about European Marketing instead of Hospitality.
history.)
- I wish I could drive really fast. (= but I can‟t
drive fast.)
(Dùng “wish + could + V”để nói về việc ngƣời
nói ao ƣớc có khả năng làm gì nhƣng thực tế họ
không có khả năng thực hiện.
Chú ý Có thể sử dụng were đối với tất cả các ngôi trong
mệnh đề wish.
Để diễn tả ƣớc muốn hay sự hối tiếc, chúng ta cỏ thể dùng động từ “WISH” hoặc “IF ONLY”, hay
“WOULD RATHER” + mệnh đề (a clause).
1. WISH + (that) clause.

- A wish in the present (Ƣớc muốn ở hiện tại).
S + wish + (that) + S + V (past subjunctive) + O/A]
T EU VE Page 2
e.g.: I wish (I that) I had a good memory.
(Ƣớc gì tôi có trí nhớ tốt.)
He wishes (that) he knew many languages.
(Anh ấy ƣớc gì anh ấy biết nhiều ngôn ngữ.)
* Past subjunctive tense (Thì quá khứ giả định /bằng thái) có dạng giống thì Quá khứ đơn ( Simple past
tense), trừ động từ Be có một dạng duy nhất là WERE.
e.g.: He wishes (that) he were a president.
(Anh ấy ƣớc gì anh ấy là tổng thống.)
2. “IF ONLY + clause” .

Mệnh đề theo sau “IF ONLY” có cấu trúc giống nhƣ “WISH”,
e.g.: If only he were at our meeting now.
(Ƣớc gì bây giờ anh ấy có mặt ở buổi họp của chúng tôi.)
3 “WOULD / “D RATHER + (that) clause”: đƣợc dùng diễn tả điều gì ƣa thích hơn. Mệnh đề theo
sau “would rather” có cấu trúc giống nhƣ mệnh đề sau “wish”.
e. g.: I‟d rather (that) you took the course in English.
(Tôi thích bạn theo học khóa tiếng Anh hơn.) (in the present).
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN
Bài 4: Chia động từ trong ngoặc sao cho thích hợp

1. Jane wish she (can/go) ___________ travelling at least once a year.
2. Jim wishes he (earn) ___________ more money so that he would live more comfortable.
3. My mother wishes she (not have) ___________ to work for extra hours.
4. The little boy wishes it (not rain) ___________ at the moment.
5. I wish I (be) ___________ healthier so that I could play some extreme sports.
6. Tim is sad because he has lost his bike. He wishes his mother (buy) ___________ him a new one.
7. I wish someone (offer) ___________ me an opportunity to study abroad.
8. Jim is bored as he is doing his homework now. He wish he (do) ___________ his homework.
9. My father is an officer but he wishes he (be) ___________ a famous singer.
10. My mother never let me go to school on my own. I wish she (let) ___________ me go alone.
Bài 5: Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, viết câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. Old/ man/ wish/ his/ grandchild/ visit/ him/ more/ often.
____________________________________________________________
2. I/ wish/ you/ can/ spend/ more/ time/ on/ study.
____________________________________________________________
3. They/ wish/ their/ team/ be/champion.
____________________________________________________________
4. I/ wish/ I/ have/ more/ friend/ and/ I/ not/ be/ lonely.
T EU VE Page 3
____________________________________________________________
5. Mary/ wish/ her/ parents/ not/ have/ go/ on/ business/ trips/ so/ often.
____________________________________________________________
6. Many/ people/ wish/ they/ be/ wealthy/ but/ I/ do/ not.
____________________________________________________________
7. I/ wish/ my/ mother/ be/ less/ busy/ so that/ she/ have/ more/ time/ for/ me.
____________________________________________________________
8. Jim/ wish/ his/ parents/ not/ expect/ too/ much/ from/ him.
____________________________________________________________
Bài 6: Dựa vào câu cho trƣớc, viết câu thể hiện điều ƣớc với “wish”
0. I don‟t have a computer now.
-> I wish I had a computer now.
1. Jim‟s friend lives very far from him.
-> Jim wishes ____________________________________________________
2. My friend cannot afford her favorite camera.
-> My friend wishes _______________________________________________
3. The teacher make us do a lot of homework.
-> We __________________________________________________________
4. I can‟t sing as beautifully as my sister.
-> I ___________________________________________________________
5. My father is depressed that his favorite football team loses the ticket to the final.
-> My father _____________________________________________________
6. I don‟t have my own house at the present.
-> I ____________________________________________________________
7. Mr. Brown is sad that there is no way he can get promotion this year.
-> Mr. Brown ____________________________________________________
8. Peter is annoyed because there is too much noise from his neighnor.
-> Peter _________________________________________________________
Bài 7: Đánh dấu [ V] trƣớc câu đúng, đánh dấu [ X] trƣớc câu sai và sửa lại cho đúng.
________ 1. Peter and Jane wishes they could see each other more often.
____________________________________________________________
________ 2. I wish Jim were able to deal with all the problems on his own.
____________________________________________________________
________ 3. Mrs. Brown wishes her husband were home more often and talks to her more.
__________________________________________________________________
________ 4. They wish their work was less stressful and they have more time to relax.
__________________________________________________________________
________ 5. James wishes he had more money so that he could buy what he wants.
__________________________________________________________________
________ 6. I wish I wasn‟t having to travel a long distance to work every day.
__________________________________________________________________
________ 7. They wish they will able to visit her foreign friend.
__________________________________________________________________
T EU VE Page 4
________ 8. I only wish they provided a larger playground for the kids.
__________________________________________________________________
KEY
Bài 4: Chia động từ trong ngoặc sao cho thích hợp

1. Jane wish she (can/go) could go travelling at least once a year.
2. Jim wishes he (earn) earned more money so that he would live more comfortable.
3. My mother wishes she (not have) didn‟t have to work for extra hours.
4. The little boy wishes it (not rain) wasn‟t/weren‟t raining at the moment.
5. I wish I (be) was/were healthier so that I could play some extreme sports.
6. Tim is sad because he has lost his bike. He wishes his mother (buy) bought him a new one.
7. I wish someone (offer) offered me an opportunity to study abroad.
8. Jim is bored as he is doing his homework now. He wish he (do) was/were not doing his homework.
9. My father is an officer but he wishes he (be) was/were a famous singer.
10. My mother never let me go to school on my own. I wish she (let) let me go alone.
Giải thích:
- Câu ƣớc với “wish” ở hiện tại, diễn tả ao ƣớc hoản cảnh hiện tại xảy ra theo chiều hƣớng khác đi ở
hiện tại và tƣơng lai. Cấu trúc: “S wish(es)+ S + V-ed hoặc “S wish(es) +S+could + V”.
- Câu ƣớc diễn tả điều ƣớc cho một sự việc ta mong muốn nó xảy ra ngay tại thời điểm nói. Cấu
trúc: “S wish(es) + S + was/were + V-ing”.
Bài 5: Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, viết câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. Old/ man/ wish/ his/ grandchild/ visit/ him/ more/ often.
The old man wishes his grandchild visited him more often.
2. I/ wish/ you/ can/ spend/ more/ time/ on/ study.
I wish you could spend more time on study.
3. They/ wish/ their/ team/ be/champion.
They wish their team was the champion.
4. I/ wish/ I/ have/ more/ friend/ and/ I/ not/ be/ lonely.
I wish I had more friend and I was not lonely.
5. Mary/ wish/ her/ parents/ not/ have/ go/ on/ business/ trips/ so/ often.
Mary wishes her parents did not have to go on business trips so often.
6. Many/ people/ wish/ they/ be/ wealthy/ but/ I/ do/ not.
Many people wish they were wealthy but I don‟t .
7. I/ wish/ my/ mother/ be/ less/ busy/ so that/ she/ have/ more/ time/ for/ me.
I wish my mother was less busy so that she had more time for me.
8. Jim/ wish/ his/ parents/ not/ expect/ too/ much/ from/ him.
Jim wishes his parents did not expect too much from him.
- Giải thích: Câu ƣớc với “wish” ở hiện tại, diễn tả ao ƣớc hoản cảnh hiện tại xảy ra theo chiều
hƣớng khác đi ở hiện tại và tƣơng lai. Cấu trúc: “ S wish(es)+ S + V-ed hoặc “S wish(es) +S+could
+ V”.
Bài 6: Dựa vào câu cho trƣớc, viết câu thể hiện điều ƣớc với “wish”
T EU VE Page 5
0. I don‟t have a computer now.

-> I wish I had a computer now.
1. Jim‟s friend lives very far from him.
-> Jim wishes his friend didn‟t live very far from him.
2. My friend cannot afford her favorite camera.
-> My friend wishes she/he could afford her favorite camera
3. The teacher make us do a lot of homework.
-> We wish the teacher didn‟t make us do a lot of homework
4. I can‟t sing as beautifully as my sister.
-> I wish I could sing as beautifully as my sister.
5. My father is depressed that his favorite football team loses the ticket to the final.
-> My father wishes his favorite football team couldn‟t lost the ticket to the final.
6. I don‟t have my own house at the present.
-> I wish I had my own house at the present.
7. Mr. Brown is sad that there is no way he can get promotion this year.
-> Mr. Brown wishes he could get promotion this year
8. Peter is annoyed because there is too much noise from his neighbor.
-> Peter wishes there was not too much noise from his neighbor
Bài 7: Đánh dấu [ V] trƣớc câu đúng, đánh dấu [ X] trƣớc câu sai và sửa lại cho đúng.
________ 1. Peter and Jane wishes they could see each other more often.
__________wish___________________________________
Giải thich: câu ở thì hiện tại đơn với chủ ngữ số nhiều “Peter and Jane” nên động từ “ wish” không
chia.
________ 2. I wish Jim were able to deal with all the problems on his own.
__________câu đúng_______________________________
________ 3. Mrs. Brown wishes her husband were home more often and talks to her more.
________________________talked__________________________________
Giải thích: động từ “ talked” vẫn diễn tả mong ƣớc không có thật ở hiện tại nên chia ở dạng quá khứ.
________ 4. They wish their work was less stressful and they have more time to relax.
______________________had_________________________________
________ 5. James wishes he had more money so that he could buy what he wants.
________________________câu đúng_________________________
________ 6. I wish I wasn‟t having to travel a long distance to work every day.
_______________didn‟t have_______________________________
Giải thích: với động từ “ have to” ta không dung dạng tiếp diễn.
________ 7. They wish they will able to visit her foreign friend.
_______________would _____________________________________
Giải thích: trong câu điều ƣớc ở hiện tại, mệnh đề sau wish phải chia ở quá khứ nên “ will” chia về dạng
quá khứ là “ would”
________ 8. I only wish they provided a larger playground for the kids.
______________________câu đúng__________________________
TEST 1
T EU VE Page 6
I. Choose A, B, C or D to complete the following sentence:

1. She likes to wear………..jean cloth.
A. fadding B. fadded C. fading D. faded
2. In the 18th century, Jean cloth was made……….from cotton.
A. complete B. completely C. completive D. completion
3. I don‟t like to wear…………………and…………Jeans.
A. painted/embroidering B painted/ embroidered
C. panting/ embroidered D. painting/ embroidering
4. They have just……………. A new style of Jeans in the USA.
A. introduce B. to introduce
C. introducing D. introduced
5. Some designers have………the Ao dai by printing lines of poetry on it.
A. modern B. modernized
C. modernize D. modernizing
6. She …………to the theatre by The Greens.
A. is often take B. is often took
C. is often taken D. is often taking
7. My car ………..yesterday.
A. has been repaired B. can be repaired
C. is repaired D. was repaired
8…………….your house………………….next year?
A. Will/ be built B. Was/ rebuilt
C. Is/ rebuilt D. Has/ been rebuilt
9. Can this car………………..?
A. repair B. repaired C. repairing D. be repaired
10. Must this test…….on time?
A. be finishing B. finish C. be finished D. be finish
11. Water can‟t……………………here.
A. be found B. be finding C. be find D. be finded
12. He used to………………..to school by his mother.
A. take B. be take C. taking D. be taken
II. Choose A, B, C or D to complete the passage.
T EU VE Page 7
I believe that it is (1)……………..to wear uniforms when students are at school. Firstly,
(2)…………..encourage the children to take pride in being students of the school they are going to
(3)……………they are wearing uniforms with labels bearing their school‟s name.
Secondly, wearing uniforms helps students feel (4)……………..in many ways. They all
start(5)…………….the same place no matter they are rich or poor. They are really friends to one another
(6)…………one school roof.
Last but not least, it is (7)……………to wear uniforms. It doesn‟t take you time to think what to wear
everyday.
In conclusion, all students, from primary to high school should (8)…………uniforms.
1. A. importance B. unimportance C. important D. unimportant
2. A. uniforms B. clothes C. shirts D. blouses
3. A. so B. because C. and D. but
4. A. happy B. lucky C. equal D. interesting
5. A. in B. on C. at D. from
6. A. at B. in C. on D. under
7. A. exciting B. practical C. terrible D. fashionable
8. A. wear B. wearing C. to wear D. wore
III. Choose the best answer A, B, C or D that is the same meaning with the italic sentence:
1. They use cars and trucks to carry food to market.
A. Cars and trucks are used to carrying food to market.
B. Cars and trucks are used to carry food to market.
C. Cars and trucks are use to carrying food to market.
D. Cars and trucks are used to carried food to market.
2. We will meet him at the station.
A. He will be met at that station.
B. He will meet at that station.
C. He will be meet at that station.
D. He will be meeted at that station.
3. how long have they done their work?
A. How long have their work been done?
B. How long has their work be done?
C. How long has their work been done?
T EU VE Page 8
D. How long has their work done?

4. No one could help him.
A. He could be helped by no one.
B. He couldn‟t be helped by no one.
C. He couldn‟t helped.
D. He couldn‟t be helped.
5. The gate is painted once a year.
A. They paint the gate once a year.
B. They painted the gate once a year.
C. They are painting the gate once a year.
D. They will paint the gate once a year.
Đáp án
I.
1. D. faded
2. B. completely
3. B. painted/ embroidered
4. D. introduced
5. B. modernized
6. C. is often taken
7. D. was repaired
8. A. Will/ be built
9. D. be repaired
10. B. be finished
11. A. be found
12. D. be
II.
1.
C. important
2. A. uniforms
3. B. because
4. C. equal
5. D. from
T EU VE Page 9
6. D. under
7. B. practical
8. A. wear
III.
1. B. Cars and trucks are used to carry food to
market.
2. A. He will be met at that station.
3. C. How long has their work been done?
4. D. He couldn‟t be helped.
5. A. They paint the gate once a year.
T EU VE Page 10
ENGLISH 9 T I LI U GI O VI N
UNIT 1: A VISIT FROM A PEN PAL - TEST 1

I. Chän tõ mµ phÇn g¹ch ch©n cã çch ph¸t ©m kh¸c çc tõ cßn l¹i.
1. A. out B. round C. about D. would
2. A. chair B. check C. machine D. child
3. A. too B. soon C. good D. food
4. A. though B. enough C. cough D. rough
5. A. happy B. hour C. high D. hotel
II. Chän tõ mµ träng ©m chÝnh cã vÞ trÝ kh¸c çc tõ cßn l¹i.
6. A. region B. comprise C. Malaysia D. compulsory
7. A. association B. religion C. divide D. together
8. A. separate B. Buddhism C. Hinduism D. population
9. A. Chinese B. although C. instruction D. currency
10. A. primary B. religion C. tropical D. friendliness
III. Chän ®¸p ¸n ®óng ®iÒn vµo mçi chç trèng.
11. ……… Kuala Lumpur, Ha Noi is a busy modern city.
A. As B. Such as C. Like D. Similar
12. The …….. destroyed the Central Bank.
A. famine B. strike C. capitalism D. earthquake
13. I reserved a table for two, at eight o‟clock.
A. set B. bought C. booked D. put
14. Football, chess, and tennis are ……….
A. matches B. games C. plays D. athletics
15. The manager ………. the man to return to work immediately.
A. insisted B. suggested C. said D. ordered
16. I wish I ……… his name.
A. knew B. know C. will know D. would know
17. If you have a map along, you ……… get lost.
A. will B. will not C. wouldn’t D. would
18. I told her she could stay with us. That‟s what I ……..
A. said to her B. said her C. told to her D. told
19. He told me he couldn‟t go to sleep. That‟s what he ………
A. said me B. talked to me C. told to me D. told me
20. I come from Viet Nam, so I am not ……. on the left.
A. used to be driving B. used to drive C. used to driving D. used to be drive
21. Over the next few days, the girls ……..Ho Chi Minh‟s Mausoleum.
A. will visit B. visited C. are visiting D. visits
22. When did you ……..see him?
A. recently B. already C. last D. lately
23. Last weekend, I …….. my children to the biggest zoo in tow.
A. took B. got C. brought D. picked
24. Linguistics is the science of ……...
A. medicine B. economics C. languages D. mathematics
25. Let‟s have dinner, ………?
T EU VE Page 11
A. will he B. shall we C. won’t we D. shan’t we

26. What is the ……. of your country? ~ 75,000,000 people.
A. introduction B. population C. separation D. addition
27. Will you see …….. Mr. Nam at Tan Son Nhat airport tomorrow morning?
A. over B. down C. off D. in
28. Minh‟s father often takes him …….. the park every summer.
A. on B. to C. in D. after
29. Can you tell me how many chapters this book ……..?
A. consists of B. consists C. comprises of D. includes
30. I‟ll pick you ……… at your hotel next Monday.
A. on B. off C. at D. up
31. Although we are far away from each other, we still ……….
A. keep together B. say hello C. greet each other D. keep in touch
32. What were you doing when the mailman …….. to you house?
A. come B. came C. coming D. comes
33. He …….. be late for class but he often comes late nowadays.
A. doesn’t use to B. didn’t use to C. doesn’t used to D. didn’t’ used to
34. Now that he reaches the age of 60, he will ……. next month.
A. retire B. quit job C. resign D. lose job
35. The earth is a ……...
A. satellite B. state C. planet D. star
36. The class ……… in four groups in the first school year.
A. was divided B. divided C. was gathered D. gathered
37. If you need an extra bed for your guest, you can use one of ………..
A. our B. us C. ours D. we
38. We went by car but the children went ……… foot.
A. on B. by C. to D. with
39. Buddhism is a ……..
A. group B. religion C. association D. imagination
40. Lan ………. the peaceful atmosphere while Maryam was praying.
A. enjoying B. has enjoyed C. enjoyed D. enjoy
41. I wish I ……. you some money for your rent, but I am broke myself.
A. can lend B. would lend C. could lend D. will lend
42. There are several books by Hemingway on this ……….
A. shelf B. platform C. cupboard D. support
43. I was so tired that I ……… asleep in the chair.
A. got B. felt C. went D. fell
44. The players ………. to be there at 3 o‟clock.
A. told B. were told C. have told D. tell
45. She often goes to the …….. to pray because her religion is Islam.
A. church B. pagoda C. temple D. mosque
46. It seems difficult for us ……… abroad at the moment.
A. go B. to go C. went D. gone
47. Music and painting are ………. subjects.
A. option B. optional C. optionally D. optioning
T EU VE Page 12
48. Vietnamese people are very ………. and hospitable.

A. friend B. friendliness C. friendly D. friendship
49. We ……….. an English exercise.
A. are doing B. did C. have done D. all are correct
50. He usually wore a pair of glasses.
A. He no longer wears a pair of glasses. B. He used to wear a pair of glasses.
C. He doesn’t wear a pair of glasses anymore. D. All are correct
51. A good letter needs perfect ……….
A. introduce B. introduction C. introducing D. introductory
52. “I wish I ……… stay longer,” Maryam said to Lan at the end of the week.
A. could B. can C. will D. may
53. Malaysia is divided ………… two regions.
A. to B. on C. in D. into
54. Maryam was really …….. by the beauty of Ha Noi.
A. impressed B. impress C. impression D. impressive
55. The children are playing ……….. in the school yard.
A. happy B. happily C. happier D. happiness
56. It‟s very kind …….. you to say so!
A. in B. to C. for D. of
57. We were having dinner ………… the telephone rang.
A. when B. while C. until D. since
58. There used ……… a movie theater here, but it closed a long time ago.
A. be B. to be C. being D. been
59. Would you mind ……….. the door?
A. open B. opened C. opening D. to open
60. My family loves this house. It ……… the family home since my grandfather built it 60 years ago.
A. was B. is C. has been D. will be
IV. T×m lçi sai trong mçi c©u sau.
61. I feel (A) really (B) tired. I wish I didn‟t go (C) to (D) the party last night.
62. I have broken (A) my pencil. May I borrow (B) one (C) your (D)?
63. Some things are compulsorily (A) by (B) law, such as (C) wearing a helmet when cycling (D).
64. Tom used to going (A) to school by (B) bus. Now he goes (C) by bike (D).
65. Mary is used (A) to do (B) her homework by (C) herself (D).
66. On (A) winter day, we all (B) used to sit around (C) the fire and told (D) stories.
67. The Chinese (A) build (B) the Great Wall over (C) two thousand (D) years ago.
68. We get used (A) to live in (B) the countryside before we moved (C) to (D) Ho Chi Minh City.
69. She asked (A) me where (B) did I (C) lived (D).
70. The package containing (A) books and (B) records were (C) delivered last (D) week.
V. Chän ®¸p ¸n thÝch hîp ®iÒn vµo chç trèng trong ®o¹n v¨n.
Liverpool
Liverpool is Britain‟s second biggest port, (71) ……… London. It stands in the banks of the river
Mersey in North West England. It has a population of nearly 500,000.
Liverpool‟s most (72) …….. musicians are the Beatles. In the 1960s this British rock group was popular
all (73) …….. the world. They had 30 top ten hits. They were all born (74) ………Liverpool and (75)
……… the group there in 1959. they first played at a night club (76) ……… the Carven and then traveled
T EU VE Page 13
the world. (77) ……… of them, Paul MC Courtney, is now the (78) ……… musician in the world. Many
tourists (79) ……… Liverpool to see the homes (80) ……… the Beatles.
71. A. before B. after C. behind D. below
72. A. fame B. famous C. famously D. fameless
73. A. on B. in C. over D. above
74. A. in B. at C. from D. with
75. A. start B. started C. starting D. to start
76. A. called B. call C. calling D. to call
77. A. Some B. None C. All D. One
78. A. rich B. richer C. richest D. enrich
79. A. come B. go C. return D. visit
80. A. of B. for C. from D. by
VI. ViÕt l¹i c©u b¾t ®Çu b»ng “ I wish”
81. I don’t know many English words.
 I wish ..............................................................................................................................................................
82. My friend can not stay with me longer.
 I wish ..............................................................................................................................................................
83. I don’t have time to go around the city.

 I wish...............................................................................................................................................................
84. We don’t have a computer therefore we cannot get access to the Internet.
 I wish ..............................................................................................................................................................
85. I can not go to the car show at the city show ground
 I wish...............................................................................................................................................................
VII. ViÕt l¹i c©u thø hai b¾t ®Çu b»ng tõ ®· cho sao cho nghÜa cña c©u kh«ng ®æi.
86. Thousands of people have built that castle for years.
 That castle.......................................................................................................................................................
87. She has never read this book before.
 It is..................................................................................................................................................................
88. He failed in the examination last year.
 He did not.......................................................................................................................................................
89. My class is comprised Japanese students.
 There are.......................................................................................................................................................
90. His parents made him study for his exam.
 He was made..................................................................................................................................................
91. Please keep silent in the classroom.
 I‟d rather you...................................................................................................................................................
92. The fire has destroyed many houses.
 Many houses…………………........................................................................................................................
T EU VE Page 14
93. How long is it since you saw Tom?

 When…………………………......................................................................................................................?
94. I started work for the company a year ago.
 I‟ve…………………......................................................................................................................................
95. She didn‟t say a word as she left the room.
 She left………………...................................................................................................................................
VIII. Cho d¹ng ®óng cña tõ trong ngoÆc.
96. She made a deep ………………………on the members of her class. (impress)
97. The ………………………. between Vietnam and China is good. (friend)
98. They seem to be ………………………… We dislike them. (friend)
99. Many ……………………….. come to Ho Chi Minh‟s Mausoleum every day. (visit)
100. Can you give me some …………………………. the next flights to Florida? (inform)
Key Test 1
1. D 2. C 3. C 4. A 5. B
II.
6. A 7. A 8. D 9. D 10. B
III.
11. C 12. D 13. C 14. B 15. D 16. A 17. C 18. A 19. D 20. C
21. B 22. C 23. A 24. C 25. B 26. B 27. C 28. B 29. A 30. D
31. D 32. B 33. B 34. A 35. C 36. A 37. C 38. A 39. B 40. C
41. C 42. A 43. D 44. B 45. D 46. B 47. B 48. C 49. D 50. D
51. B 52. A 53. D 54. A 55. B 56. D 57. A 58. B 59. C 60. C
IV.
61. C 62. D 63. A 64. A 65. B 66. D 67. B 68. A 69. C 70. C
V.
71. B 72. B 73. C 74. A 75. B 76. A 77. D 78. C 79. D 80. A
VI.
81. I wish I knew many English words.
82. I wish my friend could stay with me longer.
83. I wish I had time to go around the city.
84. I wish we had a computer to get access to the Internet.
85. I wish I could go to the car show at the city show ground.
VII.
86. That castle has been built for years.
87. It is the first time she has read this book.
88. He did not pass the examination last year.
89. There are Japanese students in my class.
90. He was made to study for his exam by his parents.
T EU VE Page 15
91. I‟d rather you kept silent in the classroom.

92. Many houses have been destroyed by the fire.
93. When did you last see Tom?
94. I‟ve worked for the company for a year.
95. She left the room without saying a word.
VIII.
96. impression 97. friendship 98. unfriendly 99. visitors 100. information
UNIT 1: A VISIT FROM A PEN PAL - TEST 2

I. họn ừ ph n g h h n ph m kh h ừ nl i
1. A. bill B. lively C. since D. mineral
2. A. colour B. hole C. go D. toe
3. A. hear B. wear C. clear D. fear
4. A. that B. three C. thank D. think
5. A. compulsory B. fun C. pull D. result
II. họn ừ ph n ọng m h nh kh ừ nl i
6. A. ethnic B. area C. comprise D. Buddhist
7. A. federation B. mausoleum C. recognition D. territory
8. A. notice B. separate C. official D. optional
9. A. friendliness B. peaceful C. region D. divide
10. A. correspond B. ringgit C. climate D. Tamil
III. Chooese the best answers
11. I …………. the film Titanic 5 years ago.
A. have seen B. saw C. was seeing D. am seeing
12. We …………. in Lenin Park when it rained.
A. walked B. have walked C. were walking D. walk
13. I often play soccer ………… Sunday afternoon.
A. in B. at C. on D. after
14. My father is good at swimming. He is used to ............... swimming in summer.
A. go B. goes C. went D. going
15. Kate hates ………… to classical music.
A. listen B. listened C. listens D. listening
16. I‟ve lived in this house ………..1990.
A. from B. since C. for D. in
17. Mr. Smith ………… his car for 15 years, but it still looks very new.
A. has B. had C. have had D. has had
18. We must be there ……… 7.30 and 8.25.
A. at B. before C. between D. after
19. I wish you………. me with my work.
A. help B. will help C. to help D. would help
20. My father started ……….. in a small village 10 years ago.
A. teaching B. teach C. taught D. teaches
T EU VE Page 16
21. Leave it ………. it is.

A. that B. as C. like D. so
22. She can‟t afford that book because she has……… money.
A. a lot of B. few C. a little D. little.
23. When was that book …………?
A. made B. produced C. published D. created.
24. She spoke quietly to him ………… nobody also could hear a word.
A. because B. if C. although D. so that
25. He was ………… ill that he couldn‟t get up.
A. such B. so C. much D. too.
26. I rarely eat ice cream now but I ………… it when I was a child.
A. eat B. used to eat C. am eating D. has eaten
27. We must learn English at school. It‟s a(n) ……… subject.
A. primary B. compulsory C. national D. optional
28. Like Viet Nam, Malaysia is a ………. country.
A. tropical B. tropic C. tropics D. tropically
29. It‟s very crowded here. I wish ………..
A. there were a few people B. there is no one
C. there weren’t so many people D. there was somebody here
30. Ann‟s birthday is ………… February 14th.
A. in B. on C. for D. at
31. They ………… in that house for several months
A. live B. lived C. have lived D. are living
32. My father …………. teaching in a small village 10 years ago
A. starts B. started C. has started D. is starting
33. We have lived in Ha Noi ………… 4 years
A. in B. since C. for D. at
34. Lan and Maryam are pen pals. They ………. each other twice a month.
A. writing B. write C. has written D. wrote
35. Mai is a Buddhist. She often goes to ………… to pray.
A. church B. pagoda C. temple D. mosque
36. We often have a long summer ………….July every year. We don‟t go to school.
A. in B. for C. since D. from
37. He wishes he ………… fly
A. can B. will C. should D. could
38. Vietnamese language is different …………… English language.
A. from B. on C. in D. at
39. Would you like to have lunch with us? ~ ……………….
A. All right B. Yes, I would C. No, I wouldn’t like D. Yes, I’d love to
40. Congratulations on your winning! ~ ……………….
A. You’re welcome B. That’s very kind of you
C. No, thanks D. Yes, of course
41. Shall I get a taxi for you? ~ …………
A. Yes, I’d love to B. Oh, that would be nice
C. Let’s do D. Yes, why not?
T EU VE Page 17
42. Could you mail this letter for me, please? ~ …………
A. No, I couldn’t B. I’ll try C. Yes, here it is D. I’m sorry, I can’t
43. How about going out to dinner tonight? ~ …………..
A. Oh, thank you B. Yes, please C. No, I don’t want to D. I’m afraid not
44. He is a small boy. He has to depend ………. his parents.
A. on B. to C. with D. of
45. She arrived ……… four o‟clock ……… the afternoon.
A. at / on B. in / in C. at / in D. on / in
46. Why don‟t we go for a picnic this weekend? ~ …………
A. What do you suggest? B. Yes, please C. How’s that? D. That’s a good idea
47. Hurry up! We don‟t have enough time. If only we ……… more time, we could take some photographs.
A. had B. have C. had had D. would have
48. I have a pet dog and my friend ………..,too.
A. have one B. has it C. has one D. have it
49. I wish that Susan ………. harder for her examination.
A. will work B. worked C. has worked D. works
50. That teacher is a (n) ………. one. His students like his sense of humor.
A. amusing B. amused C. amusement D. self- amused
51. The north and the south of the city ……… by a large river.
A. is separate B. are separated C. is separated D. are separate
52. Let‟s go to the cinema, ………..?
A. will we B. shall we C. let we D. don't we
53. In a few days, the girls visited many ……….. places in Ha Noi.
A. interest B. interesting C. interested D. interests
54. If today ……… Sunday, we could go fishing.
A. is B. will be C. were D. would be
55. The children ………. to the zoo.
A. were enjoyed take B. enjoyed being taken C. were enjoyed taking D. enjoyed taking
56. Go and get me some coffee, ………….?
A. shall we B. shan’t we C. will you D. won’t you
57. Who is looking ………. the children when your parents are away?
A. after B. for C. at D. into
58. We can‟t solve this problem. If only our teacher ……… here now to help us.
A. is B. was C. were D. to be
59. I‟d have told you if I ………. the book.
A. had seen B. should have seen C. would have seen D. saw
60. Ann used to play badminton but now she ……… any more.
A. didn’t play B. don’t play C. doesn’t play D. hadn’t played
IV. T×m vµ söa lçi sai trong mçi c©u sau.
61. Thank you for inviting me to the party. I wish I can but I can‟t.
62. He is used to drink coffee for breakfast but now he drinks milk.
63. The kitchen is not very big but there‟s a lot of cupboards.
64. Lukas can play the piano when he was two and now he practices it.
65. We were very poor when we were first in America, we can‟t buy anything.
66. They are going on a sightsee tour of New York.
T EU VE Page 18
67. If only the weather is hot today, we could go for a walk in the park.
68. Liverpool is an industry city in the North of England.
69. Money is used to buy and sell goods and storing wealth.
70. She wishes she could speak English as fluent as her brother.
61.  62. 
63.  64. 
65.  66. 
67.  68. 
69.  70. 
V. §äc ®o¹n v¨n vµ chän ®¸p ¸n thÝch hîp ®iÒn vµo chç trèng.
Dear Jean,
I‟m sorry I (71) ………. to you lately, but I have been working hard. When I (72) ……….your last letter. I was
acting in a play at school, and when I finished that I went on a holiday with some friends. I intended (73)
……….. you a postcard, but I forgot to take your address with me. How are you getting (74) ………. at
college? You didn‟t (75) ………… much about this in your letter. I hope you still like it and don‟t work all the
time! I‟m starting work in London after I (76) ………..school in July, and I want to see you then. Do you still
want to come and stay (77) …………a few days? I know you are busy, but by the time your term (78)
…………., I‟ll have started my job. I‟ve done so (9) …………. things lately! I‟ve just learned to drive and my
parents sometimes lend me their car, so I often go out with friends. (80) ……….. I‟ll drive to Birmingham and
see you one day.
71. A. not write B. haven‟t written C. don‟t write D. didn‟t write
72. A. received B. have received C. receive D. to receive
73. A. sending B. send C. to send D. sent
74. A. up B. over C. on D. with
75. A. talk B. tell C. say D. chat
76. A. leave B. left C. leaved D. leaving
77. A. for B. at C. in D. out
78. A. finished B. finishing C. to finish D. finishes
79. A. much B. many C. a lot D. lots of
80. A. May be B. May being C. Maybe D. May I be
VI i l i ho ngh kh ng i
81. Knowing English is very useful.
 It ......................................................................................................................................................................
82. It started to snow at 5 o‟clock.
 It has ...............................................................................................................................................................
83. Nam is taller than Hung.
T EU VE Page 19
 Hung is not .....................................................................................................................................................

84. When did you go to bed last night?
 What .............................................................................................................................................................?
85. What time does Nam have to leave?
 Do you know ................................................................................................................................................?

86. To do morning exercises is good.
 It………………….........................................................................................................................................
87. This book is very boring and so is that one.
 This book is as………..................................................................................................................................

88. Will it be necessary for me to sleep under a net?
 Shall I have to …...........................................................................................................................................?

89. I last read a book on September 20th.
 I haven‟t ……………....................................................................................................................................
90. Ann began to be interested in healthy eating 3 years ago.
 An has been……………................................................................................................................................
VII. Cho d¹ng ®óng cña tõ trong ngoÆc.
91. The garden is ……………….. with trees and flowers. (beauty)
92. They enjoy the …………….. atmosphere here. (peace)
93. The ………….. unit of currency is the Ringgit. (Malaysia)
94. In ………….., there are other religions. (add)
95. They like Pho Bo…………., they enjoy Bun Bo. (add)
96. The ………….. anthem of Viet Nam is sung in the school - meeting. (nation)
97. There is an ………….. match between Vietnam and Lebanon on VTV3. (nation)
98. The language of …………. is Bahasa Malaysia. (instruct)
99. Ao Dai is the …………. dress of Vietnamese women. (tradition)
100……………, Ao Dai is worn by women. (tradition)

VIII. Chän tõ thÝch hîp trong khung ®iÒn vµo chç trèng.
T EU VE Page 20
majority coast industries produces country

population official agricultural founded snow – capped
Colombia is located in a Northwestern part of South America and is the fourth largest (101) ……. in South
America. It has (102) …….. lines on both the Atlantic and the Pacific oceans. It has a (103) …….. of round 36
million and is a very beautiful country with (104) ……… mountains a well as hot lowland plains. The capital
city is Bogota, which was (105) …….. by the Spaniards in 1538. Almost all Colombians speak Spanish, which
is the country‟s (106) ……. language. The religion of the (107) …… of the population is Roman Catholic.
Some of the most important (108) ……. are textiles and clothing. Other industries include mining and oil.
Agriculture is the most important section of the economy, and Colombia‟s main (109) …….. products are
coffee, flowers, sugar, bananas, rice, corn and cotton. Colombia (110) …….. more coffee than any other
country except Brazil.
101. 102. 103. 104. 105.
106. 107. 108. 109. 110.

IX. give correct form of verbs
111. They are used (go) ……… swimming in the afternoon.
112. He wishes he (be) ……. a doctor in the future.
113. Lan (get) used to (write) ……. Maryam twice a month?
114. They (not finish) ……… their work yet.
115. I wish they (be) …… here now.
116. I would rather you (do) ……. the test well.
1117. It‟s time we (catch) …… the bus.
118. You (be) …….. used to (walk) past the mosque on the way to school?
119. I wish they (be) …….. here next time.
120. It‟s time for you (go) ……. to the party.
X. ng ừ g i i h nh ho n h nh
121. A: We / go / movie? ~ B: No. I / rather / we / stay / home / watch / films / TV.
122. A: You / like / me / take / work? ~ B: Thanks / but / I / rather / walk.
123. A: You / go / school / late / when / you / be / small? ~ B: No. I / be / early / school.
124. A: We / watch / soccer match / TV / tonight? ~ B: I / rather / we / study /exam.
T EU VE Page 21
125. A: What / you / do / last night? ~ B: I / go / Water Puppet Theater.
XI. i n gi i ừ h h h p
126. Maryam was really impressed …….….. the beauty of Hue.
127. It seems difficult …….. to meet her now.
128. He doesn‟t depend ……… his parents.
129. If you have any troubles, ask ……. help.
130. This guide book is full ……. useful information.
131. We still keep in touch ……… each other although we live away ………. each other.
132. He will go to China ……… the end ….. this week.
133. She went out …………. Saying a word.
134. What do you often do ……….. the weekends?
135. She was born ………… September 15th.
T EU VE Page 22
- TEST 2
I
1. B 2. A 3. B 4. A 5. C
II.
6. C 7. D 8. C 9. D 10. A
III.
11. B 12. C 13. C 14. D 15. D 16. B 17. D 18. C 19. D 20. A
21. C 22. D 23. C 24. C 25. B 26. B 27. B 28. A 29. C 30. B
31. C 32. B 33. C 34. B 35. B 36. A 37. D 38. A 39. D 40. B
41. B 42. D 43. B 44. A 45. C 46. D 47. A 48. C 49. B 50. A
51. B 52. B 53. B 54. C 55. B 56. C 57. A 58. C 59. A 60. C
IV.
61. can  could 62. is used used
63. there‟s there are 64. can could
65. can‟t couldn‟t 66. sightsee sightseeing
67. is were 68. industry industrial
69. storing store 70. fluent fluently
V.
71. B 72. A 73. C 74. D 75. B 76. B 77. A 78. D 79. B 80. C
VI.
81. It is very useful to know English.
82. It has been snowy since 5 o‟clock.
83. Hung is not as tall as Nam.
84. What time did you go to bed last night?
85. Do you know what time Nam has to leave?
86. It is good for us to do morning exercises.
87. This book is as boring as that one.
88. Shall I have to sleep under a net?
89. I haven‟t read books since September 20th.
90. Ann has been interested in healthy eating for 3 years.
VII.
91. beautiful 92. peaceful 93. Malaysian 94. addition 95. Additionally
96. national 97. international 98. instruction 99. traditional 100. Traditionally
VIII.
101. country 102. coast 103. population 104. snow – capped 105. founded
106. official 107. majority 108. industries 109. agricultural 110. produces
IX.
111. going 112. would be 113. Does … get 114. haven‟t finished 115. were
writing
T EU VE Page 23
116. did 117. caught 118. Are/ walking 119. would be 120. to go
X.
121. A: Shall we go to the movie? ~ B: No. I‟d rather we stayed at home and watched films on TV.
122. A: would you like me to take you to work? ~ B: Thanks but I‟d rather walk.
123. A: Did you use to go to school late when you were small? ~ B: No. I used to be early for school.
124. A: Shall we watch a soccer match on TV tonight? ~ B: I‟d rather we studied for the exam.
125. A: What did you do last night? ~ B: I went to the Water Puppet Theater.
XI.
126. by 127. for 128. on 129. for 130. of
131. with / from 132. in / of 133. without 134. on 135. on
……………………………………………………………………………………………………..
UNIT 2: CLOTHING
QUẦN ÁO/ VẢI V C/ TRANG PHỤC
VOCABULARY
- century /ˈsentʃəri/ (n): thế kỷ
- poet /ˈpəʊɪt/ hoặc /ˈpoʊət/ (n): nhà thơ
+ poetry /ˈpəʊətri/ (n): thơ ca
+ poem /ˈpəʊɪm/ hoặc /ˈpoʊəm/ (n) bài thơ
- traditional /trəˈdɪʃənl/(a): truyền thống
- silk /sɪlk/ (n): lụa
- tunic /ˈtjuːnɪk/ (n): tà áo
- slit /slɪt/ (v): xẻ
- loose /luːs/ (a): lỏng, rộng
- pants /pænts/ (n) = trousers /ˈtraʊzəz/: quần (dài)
- design /dɪˈzaɪn/ (n, v): bản thiết kế, thiết kế
+ designer /dɪˈzaɪnə(r)/ (n): nhà thiết kế
+ fashion designer /ˈfæʃn/: nhà thiết kế thời trang
- material /məˈtɪəriəl/ (n): vật liệu
- convenient /kənˈviːniənt/ (a): thuận tiện
+ convenience /kənˈviːniəns/ (n): sự thuận tiện
- lines of poetry: những câu thơ
- fashionable /ˈfæʃnəbl/(a): hợp thời trang
- inspire /ɪnˈspaɪə(r)/ (v): gây cảm hứng
+ inspiration /ˌɪnspəˈreɪʃn/ (n): nguồn cảm hứng
- ethnic minority /ˈeθnɪk - /maɪˈnɒrəti /: dân tộc thiểu số
- symbol /ˈsɪmbl/ (n): ký hiệu, biểu tƣợng
+ symbolize/ˈsɪmbəlaɪz/ (v): tƣợng trƣng
- cross /krɒs/(n): chữ thập
- stripe /straɪp/ (n): sọc
+ striped (a) có sọc
- modern /ˈmɒdn/ (a): hiện đại
+ modernize /ˈmɒdənaɪz/ (v) hiện đại hóa
- plaid /plæd/ (a) có ca-rô, kẻ ô vuông
- suit /suːt/ hoặc /sjuːt/ (a): trơn
- sleeve /sliːv/ (n): tay áo
T EU VE Page 24
+ sleeveless /ˈsliːvləs/ (a): không có tay

+ short-sleeved (a) : tay ngắn
- sweater /ˈswetə(r)/ (n): áo len
- baggy /ˈbæɡi/ (a): rộng thùng thình
- faded /feɪd/ (a): phai màu
- shorts /ʃɔːts/ (n): quần đùi
- casual clothes /ˈkæʒuəl - /kləʊðz/(n): quần áo thông thƣờng
- sailor /ˈseɪlə(r)/ (n): thủy thủ
- cloth /klɒθ/ (n): vải
- wear out: mòn, rách
- unique /juˈniːk/ (a): độc đáo
- subject /ˈsʌbdʒɪkt/ (n): chủ đề, đề tài
- embroider /ɪmˈbrɔɪdə(r)/ (v): thêu
- label /ˈleɪbl/ (n): nhãn hiệu
- sale /seɪl (n) : doanh thu
- go up = increase /ɪnˈkriːs/ : tăng lên
- economy /ɪˈkɒnəmi/ (n): nền kinh tế
+ economic/ˌiːkəˈnɒmɪk/ (a): thuộc về kinh tế
+ economical /ˌiːkəˈnɒmɪkl/ (a): tiết kiệm
- worldwide /ˈwɜːldwaɪd/ (a): rộng khắp thế giới
- out of fashion: lỗi thời
- generation /ˌdʒenəˈreɪʃn/ (n): thế hệ
- (be) fond of = like thích
- hardly /ˈhɑːdli/ (adv): hầu nhƣ không
- put on = wear: mặc vào
- point of view: quan điểm
- (be) proud of/praʊd/ : tự hào về
II.GRAMMAR
GRAMMAR
I-ÔN TẬP CÂU BỊ ĐỘNG (PASSIVE VOICE)
Thì Cấu trúc câu chủ động Cấu trúc câu bị động
Hiện tại đơn S + V (s/es) S + am/is/are + VpII
People speak English here. English is spoken here.
Hiện tại tiếp diễn S + am/is/are + V-ing S + am/is/are + being + VpII
They are building a new house. A new house is being built
Hiện tại hoàn thành S + have/has + VpII S + have/has been + VpII
We have cleaned our car. Our car has been cleaned.
Quá khứ đơn S + Ved/V2 S + was/were + VpII
T EU VE Page 25
Someone cleaned the room yesterday. The room was cleaned yesterday.
Quá khứ tiếp diễn S + was/were + V-ing S + was/were being + VpII
They were making a cake when I A cake was being made when I
arrived. arrived.
Tƣơng lai đơn S + will + V-inf S + will be + VpII
The government will pass the new law The new law will be passed next
next month. month.
Tƣơng lai tiếp diễn S + will be + V-ing S + will be being + VpII
She will be singing a song when the The song will be being sung when the
prime minister comes in. prime minister comes in.
Bài 1: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng.
1. Yesterday my brother (bought/was bought me) a new T-shirt.
2. Who (was broken/broke) the vase?
3. Yesterday I was having dinner when my door (was knocked/was knocking).
4. At the moment my car (is polishing/is being polished) by my brother.
5. This car (has been used/has used) by Mr. Smith for 5 years.
6. The early train to Manchester city (leaves/is left) at 6 am tomorrow.
7. No one (has heard/has been heard) about the accident last night.
8. If you work hard, you (will reward/will be rewarded).
9. (Have the police caught/Have the poloce been caught) the thieves yet?
10. Which dress (chose/was chosen) to wear by Jane last night?
11. At this time next month, I (will be visiting/will be visited) London with my family.
12. The children (are looking/are being looked) after by a babysister.
13. You (will be receive/ will receive) a lot of compliments if you win the contest.
14. Jim didn‟t realize that his wallet (stole/was stolen) until he came home.
T EU VE Page 26
15. (Was you brought/Was you bringing) by your grandparents when you were small?
Bài 2: Hoàn thành các câu sau với thể bị động của động từ trong ngoặc ở thì thích hợp.
1. I (usually take) ______________to the cinema by my parents every month.
2. _____________(Jim/inform) of the exact date of the conference? No, he wasn‟t.
3. The concert (broadcast)_____________live tomorrow.
4. Yesterday, temparature (forecast) _____________to reach 400C.
5. At this time tomorrow, a birthday cake (make)________ for our best friend Jessy.
6. Who___________(rob) of all the properties last week?
7. All the members ___________(treat) equally in our organization.
8. Nothing (do)_________so far to prepare for the coming storm.
9. When I was small, I often (call) __________by my nickname.
10. Yesterday, Jim was playing with his dog when the doorbell (ring)_____________.
11. What______________(do) so far to lessen the impact of natural disasters?
12. At 8 o‟clock yesterday, my brother (feed) __________by my mother while I (look)

____________after by my father.
13. This film (never show) _______________on television before.
14. If you submit your assignment late, you (punish)___________by your teacher.
15. I think more attempts (make) ____________in the future to protect people from natura catastrophes.
16. No feasible solutions to this problem (put)______________forward yet.
17. I don‟t think that black café (prefer)_____________by many people.
18. Last week, everyone in my class (snow) _____________under.
19. _______________(these sheep raise) by the local people?
20. Every student (anticipate)______________to finish their essay before the deadline.
Bài 3: Chuyển những câu chủ động sau đây thành câu bị động.
T EU VE Page 27
1. Jim will pick me to the airport tomorrow.
_____________________________________________________________________
2. Peter wrote his report last week.
_____________________________________________________________________
3. They will replace the old equipment with new one.
_____________________________________________________________________
4. What will they do to prevent natural disasters?
_____________________________________________________________________
5. I think we will soon use up the natural resourses.
_____________________________________________________________________
6. The children water the trees every two days.
_____________________________________________________________________
7. They never mentioned Jim in their conversation.
_____________________________________________________________________
8. At this time next month I will be sitting an English text.
_____________________________________________________________________
9. When will they sell their new products?
_____________________________________________________________________
10. At midnight, my brother and I was making a wish list.
_____________________________________________________________________
11. My mother is preparing dinner at the moment.
_____________________________________________________________________
12. No one will buy products with poor quality.
_____________________________________________________________________
T EU VE Page 28
13. They will not allow your dog to enter the museum.
_____________________________________________________________________
14. Have anyone heard of Jim and Jane‟s luxury wedding?
_____________________________________________________________________
15. The boys are using the computer to look up information.
_____________________________________________________________________
Bài 4: Chuyển những câu bị động dƣới đây thành câu chủ động.
1. A gift was sent to me by my old students.
_____________________________________________________________________
2. You are not allow by the teacher to cheat in the exam.
_____________________________________________________________________
3. My table is being fixed by my father.
_____________________________________________________________________
4. How long has this fax machine been used by Mr. Green?
_____________________________________________________________________
5. The singer was not recognized by his fan when he was at the restaurant.
_____________________________________________________________________
6. He will be disqualified from the competition by the judges if he uses drugs.
_____________________________________________________________________
7. All the unnecessary lights will be turned off to save energy.
_____________________________________________________________________
8. Jane was prevented from staying up too late by her mother.
_____________________________________________________________________
9. Was this document typed by Mr. Brown?

T EU VE Page 29
_____________________________________________________________________
10. Many dead people were found by the recuers after the earthquake.
_____________________________________________________________________
Bài 5: Sắp xếp các từ đã cho thành câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. Jim/one/preferred/Which/ - /tea/is/coffee/by/or?
_____________________________________________________________________
2. been/Many/caused/problems/that/storm/fierce/have/by.
_____________________________________________________________________
3. Many/tornado/were/buildings/by/the/destroyed/last/night.
_____________________________________________________________________
4. caused/Numerous/diseases/are/lack/by/of/water/fresh/the.
_____________________________________________________________________
5. At/extra/the/moment/atentions/,/paid/to/are/storm/upcoming/the.
_____________________________________________________________________
6. person/a/was/left/Not/behind/single/the/flood/in.
_____________________________________________________________________
7. are/All/victims/flood/the/helped/local/the/by authorities/being.
_____________________________________________________________________
8. Shelters/be/to/provided/will/homeless/in/next/few/people/months/the.
_____________________________________________________________________
9. No/severely/was/one/tornado/yesterday/injured/in/the.
_____________________________________________________________________
10. a/scientists/now/A/is/speech/delivered/being/by/renowed.
_____________________________________________________________________
T EU VE Page 30
II- THÌ QUÁ KHỨ HOÀN THÀNH (PAST PERFECT)
Cấu trúc (+) S + had + VpII (past participle)

(-) S + had not/hadn‟t + VpII.
(?) Had+ S + VpII?
 Yes, S + had./No, S + hadn‟t.
Ví dụ (+) I had left when they came. (Khi họ đến thì tôi đã rời đi rồi).
(-) I hadn‟t left when they came. (Khi họ đến thì tôi đã không rời đi).
(?) Had you left when they came? (Khi họ đến, bạn đã rời đi rồi à?)
Had you not left when they came? (Khi họ đến, bạn đã không rời đi à?)
Hadn‟t you left when they came? (Khi họ đến, bạn đã không rời đi à?)
Cách dùng - Diễn tả một hành động đã đƣợc hoàn tất trƣớc một hành động khác trong quá khứ.
Ví dụ: He had left the house before she came.
- Diễn tả một hành động đã đƣợc hoàn tất trƣớc một thời điểm xác định trong quá
khứ.
Ví dụ: We had had lunch by two o‟clock yesterday.
By the age of 25, he had written two famous novels.
Dấu hiệu by + thời gian trong quá khứ
nhận biết before, after, when, by the time, as soon as, as…….
EXERCISE 1: CHUYỂN CÁC CÂU SAU SANG BỊ ĐỘNG.
1.My father waters this flower every morning.
2.John invited Fiona to his birthday party last night.
3.Her mother is preparing the dinner in the kitchen.
4.We should clean our teeth twice a day.
5.Our teachers have explained the English grammar.
6.Some drunk drivers caused the accident in this city.
7.Tom will visit his parents next month. 8.The manager
didn‟t phone the secretary this morning.
9.Did Mary this beautiful dress? 10.I won‟t hang these old pictures in
the living room. 11.The German didn‟t build this factory during the
Second World War.
T EU VE Page 31
12.The Greens are going to paint this house and these cars for Christmas Day.
13.Ann had fed the cats before she went to the cinema.
14.The students have discussed the pollution problems since last week.
15.Have the thieves stolen the most valuable painting in the national museum?
16.Some people will interview the new president on TV.
17.How many languages do they speak in Canada?
18.Are you going to repair those shoes?
19.He has broken his nose in a football match.
20.Have you finished the above sentences?
THỂ BỊ ĐỘNG CÁC MẪU CÂU CƠ BẢN
EXERCISE 2:CHUYỂN CÁC CÂU SAU SANG BỊ ĐỘNG.
1.The waiter brings me this dish.
2.Our friends send these postcards to us.
3.Their grandmother told them this story when they visited her last week.
4.Tim ordered this train ticket for his mother. 5.You
didn‟t show me the special camaras.
6.She showed her ticket to the airline agent.
7.He lends his friend his new shoes.
8.She left her relatives five million pounds.
9.The shop assistant handed these boxes to the customer.
10.The board awarded the first prize to the reporter.
11.Have you sent the Christmas cards to your family?
12.The committee appointed Alice secretary for the meeting.
13.He hides the broken cup in the drawer.
14.They keep this room tidy all the time.
15.They all voted the party a great success.
16.We gave Ann some bananas and some flowers.
17.They moved the fridge into the living room.
18.She bought some cups of tea to the visitors in the next room.
19.They find the new project worthless.
T EU VE Page 32
20.The secretary didn‟t take the note to the manager.

THỂ BỊ ĐỘNG CÁC ĐỘNG TỪ TƢỜNG THUẬT
Các động từ tƣờng thuật bao gồm:
add doubt
admit estimate reply
agree explain report
announce fear reveal
answer feel say
argue insist state
boast mention suggest
claim observe suppose
comment persuade tell
complain propose think
confirm remark understand
consider remember warn
deny repeat
Cách chuyển câu chủ động có chứ động từ tƣờng thuật sang câu bị động:
Câu chủ động có dạng:
People (they) + say (said) + that + S2 + V2 + O2
Câu bị động sẽ có dạng
Cách 1: It + is / was + said + that + S2 + V2 + O2
Cách 2: S2 + am/ is/ are/ was/ were (không còn that) + said + to-inf/ to have + V3 + O2
EXERCISE 3:CHUYỂN CÁC CÂU SAU SANG BỊ ĐỘNG.

1.They told me that you were the best architect in this city.
T EU VE Page 33
2.She reported that the flowers were killed by frost.

3.Some people inform me that the director is going to take a business trip to England.
4.That officer announced that the meeting was delayed until next week.
5.He discovered that this cotton was grown in Egypt.
6.They promise that the performance will start on time.
7.He recommends that we should stay at the city center.
8.We believed that Alice would pass the driving test.
9.The director notifies all the workers that they will have to work extra hard this month.
10.They have persuaded me that they will go with me to the stadium.
11.They have decided that the company will go to the beach together at the weekend.
12.People think that Maradona is the best football player in the 20th century.
13.They find that the job is not suitable for a girl like her.
14.The teacher explained that this powerful engine pulled the train.
15.He told me that his football team had played well last season.
BỊ ĐỘNG VỚI NHỮNG ĐỘNG TỪ SAI BẢO.
Cấu trúc với động từ sai bảo bao gồm:
have + sb + do + sth
get + sb + to do + sth
Khi chuyển sang câu bị động có dạng:
have + sth + done + (by sb)
get + sth + done + (by sb)
EXERCISE 4: CHUYỂN CÁC CÂU SAU SANG BỊ ĐỘNG.

1.I had my nephew paint the gate last week.
2.She will have Peter wash her car tomorrow.
3.They have her tell the story again.
4.John gets his sister to clean his shirt.
T EU VE Page 34
5.Anne had had a friend type her composition.

6.Rick will have a barber cut his hair.
7.I will get the dressmaker to make a new dress.
8.He had a mechanic repair his car.
9.She often gets the technician to maintain the heater.
10.They had the police arrest the shoplifter.
11.Are you going to have the shoemaker repair your shoes?
12.I must have the dentist check my teeth.
13.She will have a veterinary surgeon examine her dog.
14.We had a man take this photograph when we were on holiday last summer.
15.The Greens had a carpet cleaner clean their carpet.
EXERCISE 5: CHUYỂN CÁC CÂU SAU SANG CÂU BỊ ĐỘNG
1. Tam learns English everyday.
2. Mr.Pike bought a new car yesterday.
3. Tam is reading a book now.
4. They can't make tea with cold water.
5. The chief engineer was instructing all the workers of the plant.
6. Somebody has taken some of my book away.
7. They will hold the meeting before the may day.
8. They have to repair the engine of the car
9. The boys broke the window and took away some pictures.
10. People spend a lot of money on advertising everyday.
11. They may use this room for the classroom.
12. The teacher is going to tell the story.
13. Mary is cutting the cake with a sharp knife.
14. They have provided the victims with food and clothing.
15. You mustn't use this machine after 5.30pm.
16. They told the new students where to sit.
17. John used to visit Mr.Cole at weekends.
18. She ought to do all the housework.
T EU VE Page 35
19. My mother had written the letter before 1985.

20. I'm cleaning my room.
21. They should phone her before the meeting.
22. My mother was making a cake when I came home.
23. Someone has stolen his car.
24. Police were questioning Tom.
25. He opens the mails every morning.
26. They are building a new school in this town.
27. The fire has destroyed many houses.
28. We finished the job by 10 o' clock.
29. They close the museum on Monday.
30. The police stopped us on our way to school.
31. People speak English all over the world.
32. They will build a new school next year.
33. John will deliver the letter.
34. He must do it right now.
35. You should finish the report now.
36. We shall discuss the matter in the afternoon.
37. People must not leave bicycle in the hall.
38. Parents should give children a lot of love.
39. Mr.Brown will fly a plane easily.
40. They made him work all day.
41. You needn't do all the homework.
42. He had to finish his work on time.
43. He used to borrow my pen.
44. Somebody has taken my briefcase.
45. Mr.Brian saw the accident.
46. The mad dog bit the little boy.
EXERCISE 6. Find the mistake in these sentences and fix the mistake.
1. Five suspects have be arrested by the police.
T EU VE Page 36
A B C D
2. He was ordered by the doctor to take an long rest.
A B C D
3. A dancing class was start last week.
A B C D
4. He were found in the forest by the police.
A B C D
5. A car is going to been bought tomorrow.
A B C D
6. These drugs are be destroyed by police.
A B C D
7. I'm from Russia and my family born there.
A B C D
EXERCISE 7. Circle the best answer.
1. My room _________________________ in the house by her now.
A. is being cleaned B. are being cleaned C. will be cleaned D. would be cleaned
2. Tom ___________________________ by Mary since 10 o'clock.
A. has operated B. have been operated C. has been operated D. All are wrong.
3. Someone __________________ to take his place.
A. must be find B. might be find C. should be finds D. must be found
4. 20 demonstrators ________________________ by the police.
A. was arrested B. were arrested C. was arresting D. A & B
5. That book ______________________ by Tom yesterday.
A. were bought B. bought C. A & B D. was bought
6. Much of the city ______________________ by fire in the 17th century.
A. was destroyed B. is destroyed C. are destroyed D. were destroyed
7. Work _________________________ by the teacher.
A. are being watched B. was being watched C. is being watched D. B & C
8. My house __________________ red and blue.
A. are painted B. is painted C. was painted D. All are wrong.
T EU VE Page 37
9. The grain _________________ to the factory, where it _______________ and ____________________.

A. are taken / cleaned / is checked B. is taken / is cleaned / is checked
C. was taken / was cleaned / was checked D. is taken / is cleaned / checked
10. Jag Niwas _______________________ by Prince Maharana Jagat Singh II.
A. were built B. are built C. was built D. is built
11. The wall _______________________ before you paint it.
A. must be cleaned B. should cleaned C. might been cleaned D. No answer is right
12. The Garden of Clear Ripples ___________________ by The Qing Emperor Quinlong in the middle of the
16th century.
A. designed B. was designed C. were designed D. B & C
13. This computer _________________________ to use
A. will be continued B. would continued C. should continue D. must continues
14. A lot of food _____________________ these days.
A. are thrown B. were thrown C. is thrown D. was thrown
ANSWER KEY
EXERCISE 1
1.This flower is watered (by my father) every morning. 2.Fiona
was invented to John‟s birthday party last night.
3.The dinner is being prepared (by her mother) in the kitchen.
4.Our teeth should be cleaned twice a day.
5.The English grammar has been explained (by our teacher).
6.The accident was caused in this city (by some drunk drivers). 7.Tom‟s
parents will be visited (by him) next month.
8.The secretary wasn‟t phoned (by the manager) this morning.
9.Was this beautiful dress bought by Mary?
10.These old pictures won‟t be hung in the living room(by me). 11.This factory wasn‟t built (by the Greens)
during the Second World War.
12.This house and these cars are going to be painted for Christmas day by the Greens.
13.The cats had been fed (by Ann) before she went to the cinema.
14.The pollution problems have been discussed (by the students) since last week.
T EU VE Page 38
15.Has the most valuable painting in the national museum been stolen (by the thieves).
16.The new president will be interviewed on TV (by some people).
17.How many languages are spoken in Canada(by them)?
18.Are those shoes going to be repaired ?
19.His nose has been broken in a football match(by him).
20.Have above sentences been finished ?
EXERCISE 2.
1.This dish is brought to me (by the waiter).
2.These postcards are sent to us(by our friend).
3.This story was told to them(by their grandmother) when they visited her last week. 4.This
train ticket was ordered for Tim‟s mother.
5.The special cameras weren‟t showed to me.
6.Her ticket was showed to the airline agent(by her).
7.His new shoes are lent to his friends(by him).
8.Five million pounds was left to her relatives (by her).
9.These boxes were handed to the customer (by the shop assistant).
10.The first prize was awarded to the reporter (by the board).
11.Have the Christmas cards been sent to your family?
12.Alice was appointed secretary for the meeting(by the committee).
13.The broken cup is hidden in the drawer (by him).
14.This room is kept tidy (by them) all the time.
15.The party was voted a great success(by them).
16.Ann was given some bananas and some flowers(by us).
17.The fridge was moved into the living room(by them).
18.Some cups of tea were brought to the visitors in the next room (by her).
19.The new project is found worthless. 20.The note wasn‟t
taken to the manager(by the secretary).
EXERCISE 3
1.I was told that you were the architect in this city.
2.It was reported that the flowers were killed by frost./ The flowers were reported to be killed by frost.
T EU VE Page 39
3.I am informed that the director is going to take a business trip to England.
4.It was announced that the meeting was delayed until next week.
5.It was discovered that this cotton was grown in Egypt.
6.It is promised that the performance will start on time.
7.It is recommended that we should stay at the city center.
8.It was believed that Alice would pass the driving test./ Alice was believed to pass the driving test.
9.All the workers are notified that they will have to work extra hard this month.
10.I have been persuaded that they will go with me to the stadium.
11.It has been decided that the company will go to the beach together at the weekend.
12.It is thought that Maradona is the best football player in the 20th century.
/ Maradona is thought to be the best football player in the 20th century.
13.It is found that the job is not suitable for a girl like her./ The job is found to be not suitable for a girl like her.
14.It was explained that this powerful engine pulled the train.
15.I was told that his football team had played well last season.
EXERCISE 4
1.I had the gate painted last week.
2.She will have her car washed tomorrow.
3.They have the story told again.
4.John gets his shirt cleaned.
5.Anne has had her composition typed.
6.Rick will have his hair cut.
7.I will get a new dress made.
8.He had his car repaired.
9.She often gets the heater maintained.
10.They had the shoplifter arrested.
11.Are you going to have your shoes repaired?
12.I must have my teeth checked.
13.She will have her dog examined.
14.We had this photograph taken when we were on holiday last summer.
15.The Greens had their carpet cleaned.
T EU VE Page 40
EXERCISE 5
1. English is learned by Tam everyday.
2. A new car was bought by Mr. Pike yesterday.
3. A book is being read by Tam now.
4. Tea can't be made with cold water.
5. All the workers of the plant were instructed by the chef engineer.
6. Some of my books have been taken away.
7. The meeting will be held before the may day.
8. The engine of the car has to be repaired.
9. The window was broken and some pictures were took away by the boys.
10. A lot of money is spent everyday.
11. This room may be used for the classroom.
12. The story is going to be told by the teacher.
13. The cake is being cut with a sharp knife by Mary.
14. The victims have been provided with food and clothing.
15. The machine mustn't be used after 5.30pm.
16. The new student were told where to sit.
17. Mr. Cole used to be visited by John at weekends.
18. All the housework ought to be done.
19.The letter had been written by my mother before 1985.
20. My room is being cleaned.
21. She should be phoned before the meeting.
22. A cake was being made by my mother when I cam home.
23. His car has been stolen.
24. Tom was being questioned by police.
25. The mails are opened every morning.
26. A new school is being built in this town.
27. Many houses have been destroyed by the fire.
28. The job was finished by 10 o' clock.
29. The museum is closed on Monday.
T EU VE Page 41
30. We were stopped by the police on our way to school.

31. English is spoken all over the world.
32. A new school will be built next year.
33. The letter will be delivered by John.
34. It must be done right now.
35. The report should be finished right now.
36. The matter will be discussed in the afternoon.
37. Bicycle mustn't be left in the hall.
38. Children should be given a lot of love.
39. A plane will be flown by Mr.Brown easily.
40. He was made work all day.
41. The homework needn't be done
42. His work had to be finished on time.
43. My pen used to borrowed
44. My briefcase has been taken.
45. The accident was seen by Mr.Brian.
46. The little boy was bitten by the mad dog
EXERCISE6.
1 - B (be  been) ; 2 - D (an  a) ; 3 - C (start  started) ; 4 - A (were found  was found) ;
5 - C (been  be) ; 6 - A (are  will) ; 7 - C (born  was born)
EXERCISE 7.
1-A;2-C;3-D;4-B;5-D;6-D;7-C;
8 - C ; 9 - D ; 10 - C ; 11 - A ; 12 - B ; 13 - A ; 14 - C
101 câu luyện tập về dạng bị động hay có đáp án
I. Chuyển các câu sau sang câu bị động
1. Mary types letters in the office.
2. His father will help you tomorrow.
T EU VE Page 42
3. Science and technology have completely changed human life.
4. Peter broke this bottle.
5. They are learning English in the room.
6. Nothing can change my mind.
7. No one had told me about it.
8. I don't know her telephone number
9. My students will bring the children home.
10. They sent me a present last week.
11. She gave us more information.
12. The chief engineer was instructing all the workers of the plan.
13. They can't make tea with cold water.
14. Somebody has taken some of my books away.
15. They will hold the meeting before May Day.
16. They have to repair the engine of the car.
17. The boys broke the window and took away some pictures.
18. People spend a lot of money on advertising every day.
19. Teacher is going to tell a story.
20. Mary is cutting a cake with a sharp knife.
T EU VE Page 43
21. The children looked at the woman with a red hat.
22. They have provided the victims with food and clothing.
23. People speak English in almost every corner of the world.
24. You mustn't use this machine after 5:30 p.m.
25. After class, one of the students always erases the chalk board.
II. Chuyển các câu hỏi dạng đảo Có/ Không sang câu bị động
26. Do they teach English here?
27. Will you invite her to your wedding party?
28. Has Tom finished the work?
29. Did the teacher give some exercises?
30. Have they changed the window of the laboratory?
31. Is she going to write a poem?
32. Is she making big cakes for the party?
33. Are the police making inquires about the thief?
34. Must we finish the test before ten?
35. Will buses bring the children home?
36. Have you finished your homework?
III. Chuyển các câu hỏi bắt đầu bằng từ hỏi "H/ WH" sau sang câu bị động
T EU VE Page 44
37. Why didn't they help him?
38. How many games has the team played?
39. Where do people speak English?
40. Who are they keeping in the kitchen?
41. How can they open this safe?
42. What books are people reading this year?
43. How did the police find the lost man?
44. Who look after the children for you?
45. How long have they waited for the doctor?
46. What time can the boys hand in their papers?
47. Who lend you this book?
48. How many marks does the teacher give you?
IV. Chuyển các câu có 2 tân ngữ sau sang câu bị động
49. They paid me a lot of money to do the job.
50. The teacher gave each of us two exercise books.
51. Someone will tell him that news.
52. They have sent enough money to those poor boys.
53. They have given the women in most countries in the world the right to vote.
T EU VE Page 45
V. Chuyển các câu với động từ tƣờng thuật sau sang câu bị động
54. They think that he has died a natural death.
55. Some people believe that 13 is an unlucky number.
56. They say that John is the brightest student in class.
57. They reported that the President had suffered a heart attack.
58. I knew that they had told him of the meeting.
59. They declared that she won the competition.
60. They rumored the man was still living.
61. People think that Jack London's life and writing's represent the American love of adventure.
62. They reported that the troops were coming.
63. People believed that the earth stood still.
VI. Chuyển các câu với động từ chỉ nhận thức sau sang câu bị động
64. I have heard her sing this song several times.
65. People saw him steal your car.
66. The teacher is watching the work.
67. He won't let you do that silly thing again.
68. People don't make the children work hard.
69. They made him work all day.
T EU VE Page 46
70. The detective saw the woman putting the jewelry in her bag.
71. The terrorists made the hostages lie down.
72. Police advise drivers to use an alternative route.
73. She helps me to do all these difficult exercises.
VII. Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc
74. Toshico had her car (repair) by a mechanic.
75. Ellen got Marvin (type) her paper.
76. We got our house (paint) last week.
77. Dr Byrd is having the students (write ) a composition.
78. Mark got his transcripts (send) to the university.
79. Maria is having her hair (cut) tomorrow.
80. Will Mr. Brown have the porter (carry) his luggage to his car?
VIII. Chuyển các câu sau đây sang câu bị động
81. He writes a report daily.
82. They are preparing a gift for their mother.
83. My aunt was cooking a vegetarian dish
84. He is going to repair his son‟s bicycle this afternoon.
85. We have washed all the dirty glasses just a few minutes before he comes.
T EU VE Page 47
86. My family will buy a special present for our grandfather on the occasion of his birthday.
IX. Viết lại câu chủ động từ các câu bị động đã cho
87. Many letters have been written.
88. A refrigerator was bought by my father yesterday.
89. English has been taught at this school by him for 1 year.
90. Flowers are going to be bought to decorate his house by him.
91. A shirt will have been made until my birthday by my mother.
X. Chuyển các câu hỏi sau sang thể bị động.
92. When will you do the work?
93. How are you going to deal with this problem?
94. How do you spend this amount of money?
95. I wonder whether the board of directors will choose Susan or Jane for the position.
96. How did the police find the lost man?
XI. Cho dạng đúng của từ
97. A bottle was ________ (throw) outsides last night by him.
98. This fan has already ________ (fix) by my father.
99. Now, a test ________ (do) by him to prepare for his exam.
100. Finally, the key ________ (find).
T EU VE Page 48
101. They were very worried that the work would not ________(finish).
Đáp án
I.
1. Letters are typed in the office by Mary.
2. You'll be helped by his father tomorrow.
3. The human life has completely been changed with science and technology.
4. This bottle was broken by Peter.
5. English is being learnt in the room.
6. My mind can't be changed.
7. I hadn't been told about it.
8. Her telephone number isn't known.
9. The children will be brought home by my students.
10. I was sent a present last week.
11. We were given more information.
12. All the workers of the plan were being instructed by the chief engineer.
13. Tea can't be made with cold water.
14. Some of my books have been taken away.
15. The meeting will be held before May Day.
T EU VE Page 49
16. The engine of the car has to be repaired.
17. The window was broken and some pictures were taken away by the boys.
18. A lot of money is spent on advertising every day.
19. A story is going to be told by teacher.
20. A cake is being cut with a sharp knife by Mary.
21. The woman with a red hat was looked at by the children.
22. The victims have been provided with food and clothing.
23. English is spoken in almost every corner of the world.
24. This machine mustn't be used after 5:30 p.m.
25. After class, the chalk board is always erased by one of the students.
II.
26. Is English taught here?
27. Will she be invited to your wedding party?
28. Has the work been finished by Tom?
29. Were some exercises given by the teacher?
30. Has the window of the laboratory been changed?
31. Is a poem going to be written?
32. Are big cakes being made for the party?
T EU VE Page 50
33. Are inquires about the thief being made by the police?
34. Must the test be finished before ten?
35. Will the children be brought home with buses?
36. Has your homework been finished?
III.
37. Why wasn't he helped?
38. How many games have been played by the team?
39. Where is English spoken?
40. Who are being kept in the kitchen?
41. How can this be opened safe?
42. What books are being read this year?
43. How was the lost man found by the police?
44. By whom are the children looked after for you?
45. How long has the doctor been waited for?
46. What time can their papers be handed in by the boys?
47. By whom is this book lent?
48. How many marks are given to you by the teacher?
IV.
T EU VE Page 51
49. I was paid a lot of money to do the job.
50. Each of us was given two exercise books by the teacher.
51. He will be told that news.
52. Those poor boys have been sent enough money.
53. The women in most countries in the world have been given the right to vote.
V.
54. He is thought to have died a natural death.
55. 13 is believed to be an unlucky number.
56. John is said to be the brightest student in class.
57. The President was reported to have suffered a heart attack.
58. They were known to have told him of the meeting.
59. She was declared to win the competition.
60. The man was rumored to be still living.
61. Jack London's life and writing is thought to represent the American love of adventure.
62. The troops were reported to be coming.
63. The earth was believed to stand still.
VI.
64. She has been heard to sing this song several times.
T EU VE Page 52
65. He was seen to steal your car.
66. The work is being watched by the teacher.
67. You won't be let to do that silly thing again.
68. The children are made to work hard.
69. He was made to work all day.
70. The woman was seen putting the jewelry in her bag by the detective.
71. The hostages were made to lie down by the terrorists.
72. Drivers are advised to use an alternative route by police.
73. I am helped to do all these difficult exercises.
VII.
74. repaired
75. to type
76. painted
77. write
78. sent
79. cut
80. carry
VIII. Chuyển các câu sau đây sang câu bị động
T EU VE Page 53
81. A reports is written by him daily.
82. A gift is being prepared for their mother.
83. A vegetarian dish was being cooked for her family by her aunt.
84. his son‟s bicycle is going to be repaired this afternoon.
85. All the dirty glasses have been washed just a few minutes before he comes.
86. A special present will be bought for our grandfather on the occasion of his birthday.
IX. Viết lại câu chủ động từ các câu bị động đã cho
87. I have written many letters.
88. My father bought a refrigerator yesterday.
89. He has taught English at this school for 1 year.
90. He is going to buy flowers to decorate his house.
91. My mother will have made a shirt until my birthday.
X. Chuyển các câu hỏi sau sang thể bị động.
92. When will the work be done?
93. How is this problem going to be dealt with?
94. How is this amount of money spent?
95. I wonder whether Susan or Jane will be chosen for the position by the board of directors.
96. How was the lost man found by the police?
T EU VE Page 54
XI. Cho dạng đúng của từ
97. thrown
98. been fixed
99. is done
100. has been found
101. be finished
THÌ HIỆN TẠI HOÀN THÀNH (PRESENT PERFECT)
1. Cách dùng
Cách dùng Ví dụ
Dùng để diễn tả hành động đã bắt đầu trong quá - I have learned English for 15 years.
khứ, kéo dài đến hiện tại và có thể tiếp tục ở tƣơng (Tôi đã học Tiếng Anh được 15 năm rồi. => hiện tại
lai tôi vẫn đang học)
- Mr Nam has taught French here since 1990. (Ông

Nam đã dạy tiếng Pháp ở đây từ năm 1990. =>
hiện tại ông ấy vẫn còn dạy ở đây)
Dùng để diễn tả hành động vừa mới xảy ra - I have just taught English here.
(Tôi vừa mới dạy tiếng Anh ở đây.)
- Lan has learned French recently.
(Gần đây Lan đã học tiếng Pháp.)
Dùng để diễn tả hành động đã xảy ra trong quá khứ - I have seen this film. I like it so much.
nhƣng không biết rõ thời gian hoặc không đề cập
T EU VE Page 55
đến thời gian (Tôi đã xem bộ phim này. Tôi rất thích nó.)
- She has visited Ha Long Bay.
(Cô ấy đã đến thăm vịnh Hạ Long.)
Dùng để diễn tả hành động đã xảy ra nhƣng kết quả - Lan has cleaned the floor. => It is clean now.
còn ở hiện tại (Lan đã lau sàn nhà.)
- He has had a serious accident. => He is in hospital

now.
(Anh ấy đã gặp tai nạn nghiêm trọng.)
2. Dạng thức của thì hiện tại hoàn thành
Thể khẳng định Thể phủ định
He/ She/ It/ has He/ She/ It/ has not/ hasn‟t
Danh từ số ít Danh từ số ít
I/ You/ We/ have + V (p.II) I/ You/ We/ have not/ + V (p.II)

They/ Danh từ They/ Danh từ haven‟t
số nhiều số nhiều
Ví dụ: Ví dụ:
- She has just bought a house. - My mother hasn‟t lived here since Christmas. (Mẹ
tôi đã không sống ở đây kể từ Giáng Sinh.)
(Cô ấy vừa mới mua một ngôi nhà.)
- I haven‟t been to Ha Noi.
- They have gone to Ho Chi Minh city.
(Tôi chưa tới Hà Nội.)
(Họ đã đi tới thành phố Hồ Chí Minh.)
- We haven‟t finished our homework.
- Mr Nam has taught English since last month.
(Ông Nam đã dạy tiếng Anh từ tháng trước.) (Chúng tôi chưa hoàn thành bài tập về nhà.)
- I have known Nam for ages.
T EU VE Page 56
(Tôi đã biết Nam lâu rồi).
Thể nghi vấn Câu trả lời ngắn
Has he/ She/ It/ Danh từ số ít Yes, he/ She/ It/ Danh từ số has.
ít
No, hasn't.
+ V (p.II)
Have I/ You/ We/ They/ Danh Yes, I/ You/ We/ They/ have.
từ số nhiều Danh từ số nhiều
No, haven't.
Ví dụ:
- Have you done your homework? (Bạn đã làm bài tập về nhà chưa?)
=> Yes, I have./ No, I haven‟t.
- Has you taught here since last month? (Cô ấy đã dạy ở đây từ tháng trước phải không?)
=> Yes, she has./ No, she hasn‟t.
- Have they gone to Hue? (Họ đã đi Huế chưa?)
=> Yes, they have./ No, they haven‟t.
3. Dấu hiệu nhận biết
Trong câu ở thì hiện tại hoàn thành, thƣờng có các từ/ cụm từ sau:
- Never (chƣa bao giờ), ever (đã từng), just (vừa mới), already (đã rồi), yet (chƣa), how long (bao lâu), before
(trƣớc đây), recently/ lately/ so far (gần đây), up to now/ up the present (cho tới bây giờ), …..
- in the past (ten) years: trong (mƣời) năm qua
- in the last (years): những (năm) gần đây
- this is the first time/ the second time: đây là lần đầu tiên/ lần thứ hai
- since + mốc thời gian (since 2000/ last summer, …)
T EU VE Page 57
- for + khoảng thời gian (for ages/ two years ,…), for a long time = for ages (trong một khoảng thời gian dài),
…
4. Cách chia động từ ở thì Hiện tại hoàn thành
Động từ ở thì Hiện tại hoàn thành đƣợc chia theo 1 trong 2 cách sau:
- Nếu là động từ có quy tắc thì thêm đuôi “ed”: áp dụng quy tắc thêm đuôi “ed” vào sau động từ ở Unit 8.
- Nếu là động từ bất quy tắc thì xem cột 3 bảng động từ bất quy tắc
Ví dụ:
- He has just bought a new house. (Anh ấy vừa mới mua một ngôi nhà mới.)
- I‟ve known her for ten years. (Tôi đã biết cô ấy 10 năm rồi.)
- Nga has ever eaten this kind of food. (Nga đã từng ăn loại thức ăn này rồi.)
- She has waited for him for 30 minutes. (Cô ấy đã chờ anh ấy được 30 phút rồi.)
5. So sánh thì hiện tại hoàn thành và thì quá khứ đơn
Thì hiện tại hoàn thành Thì quá khứ đơn
Cách dùng - Dùng để diễn tả hành động đã bắt đầu trong quá - Dùng để diễn tả hành động đã
khứ, kéo dài đến hiện tại và có thể tiếp tục ở tƣơng lai hoàn toàn kết thúc trong quá khứ
- Dùng để diễn tả hành động đã xảy ra trong quá khứ - Dùng để diễn tả hành động đã
nhƣng không biết rõ thời gian hoặc không đề cập đến xảy ra tại một thời gian trong quá
thời gian khứ
T EU VE Page 58
Ví dụ - She has lived in Ho Chi Minh city for 8 years. - She lived in Ho Chi Minh city 8
(Cô ấy đã sống ở thành phố Hồ Chí Minh được 8 năm years ago.
rồi.) (Cô ấy đã sống ở thành phố Hồ
Chí Minh cách đây 8 năm.)
=> Bây giờ cô ấy vẫn sống ở thành phố Hồ Chí Minh
=> Bây giờ cô ấy không sống ở
- Someone has stolen my computer.
thành phố Hồ Chí Minh nữa.
(Ai đó đã ăn trộm máy tính của tôi.)
- Someone stole my computer
yesterday.
(Hôm qua ai đó đã ăn trộm máy

tính của tôi.)
EX7. Viết các câu sau ở thể khẳng định (+), thể phủ định (-), thể nghi vấn (?) ở thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
1. (+) I have finished my homework.
(-) ________________________________________________________________.
(?) ________________________________________________________________?
2. (+) ________________________________________________________________.
(-) My uncle hasn‟t been to Singapore before.
(?) ________________________________________________________________?
3. (+) ________________________________________________________________.
(-) ________________________________________________________________.
(?) Have they found their keys?
4. (+) Jim has just played video games with his brother.
(-) ________________________________________________________________.
(?) ________________________________________________________________?
T EU VE Page 59
5. (+) ________________________________________________________________.
(-) My grandmother hasn‟t visited me since November.
(?) ________________________________________________________________?
6. (+) ________________________________________________________________.
(-) ________________________________________________________________.
(?) Has your sister studied Medicine for 2 years?
7. (+) It has been long since our last encounter.
(-) ________________________________________________________________.
(?) ________________________________________________________________?
8. (+) ________________________________________________________________.
(-) We haven‟t graduated yet.
(?) ________________________________________________________________?
EX8: Đặt những trạng từ trong ngoặc vào đúng vị trí của nó trong các câu sau đây:
1. I have had dinner with my family. (already)
2. Have you finished your report? You need to bring it to me before 9 a.m. (yet)
3. I haven‟t done my homework. (yet)
4. My sister has left the party. (just)
5. Your mother has told you to come home early. (already)
6. Has the mouse gone? (already)
7. I have met her. (just)
8. The paiter hasn‟t finished his work. (yet)
EX9. Điền “for” hoặc “since” vào chỗ trống sao cho thích hợp.
1. I have learned Japanese _________ 3 months.
2. May has been working for a non-profit organization _________ I graduated.

T EU VE Page 60
3. Kim has been unemployed _________ half a year.
4. I miss my friend. I haven‟t seen her _________ months.
5. We have lived in the dorm _________ our first year at university.
6. Jim and Jane have known each other _________ quite a long time.
7. The baby‟s hungry. He hasn‟t eaten anything _________ the morning.
8. Have you used this laptop _________ 4 years?
9. They‟ve been close friends _________ they started college.
10. My grandmother has been a vegetarian _________ several years.
EX10. Chia động từ trong ngoặc ở thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
Jim: Hi, Jane. How are you? What (1. you/ do) ______________recently?
Jane: Oh, hi Jim. It (2. be)______________quite a long time since we last talked. Well, I (3.
work)______________for a non-profit organization. We are carrying out a project to help homeless people in
our neighborhood.
Jim: That sounds very interesting. (4. You/ have)______________any difficulties?
Jane: Of course! Basically my colleagues and I are doing charitable work, so we rarely receive any financial
support. We (5. provide)______________free food for the homeless people since last week. Moreover, the
organization (6. recently offer)______________ jobs for those people.
Jim: It is a meaningful job. I really admire you! How long (7. you/ work)______________there?
Jane: Since the start of our summer holoiday. How about you? What (8. you/ do)__________ this summer?
Jim: Not much. I spend my whole day reading and reading. So far, I (9. already finish)______________three
books. My mother (10. tell)______________me several times to go out and try something new but I (11. not
find)______________anything that suits me.
Jane: Uhm, let‟s see. How about joining our organization? We (12. look)______________for new volunteers
for weeks. The organization (13. also plan)______________to have some voluntary programs to help disabled
children. You can join and read books for the kids.I think it‟s quite suitable for you.
T EU VE Page 61
Jjm: That‟s a nice idea. I will definitely consider it. By the way, I (14. plan)__________to have a party with
friends. Would you like to come?
Jane: I‟d love to. When will you hold the party?
Jim: I (15. not decide)______________yet. But I will call you soon.
EX11. Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, hãy viết thành những câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. I/ think/ I/ hear/ that song/ before/./
________________________________________________________________.
2. They/ not/ come/ yet/./
________________________________________________________________.
3. Jim/ already/ invite/Shirley/ his party/./
________________________________________________________________.
4. John and Julie/ have/ their house/ about two years/./
________________________________________________________________.
5. She/ not take/ her driving test/ yet/./
________________________________________________________________.
6. Mary/ be/a translator/ since/ she/ leave/ university/./
________________________________________________________________.
7. You/ ride/ your new car/ yet/?/
________________________________________________________________?
8. Paul/ ever/ meet/ a famous person/?/
________________________________________________________________?
9. Up to now/ Peter/ receive/ 5 awards/./
________________________________________________________________.
10. It/ be/ ages/ we/ last/ talk/./
T EU VE Page 62
________________________________________________________________.
EX12. Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng.
1. His mother hasn‟t prepared the meal (already/ yet).
2. Tommy (worked/ has worked) for this company for 10 months but now he doesn‟t work here.
3. This machine (has worked/ worked) for ten years so far.
4. Mr Vu (have found/ founded) this non-profit organization to benefit the local community.
5. Jame‟s (not been/not) a member of the volunteer club since he left school.
6. Her husband (has given up/ gave up) smoking when they had their first child.
7. (Have you read/ Did you read) this book yet?
8. I lost my key on my way home last night. Up to now I (didn‟t find/ haven‟t found) it.
9. You (have lied/ have lain) in bed since the morning. Get up and find something else to do.
10. They (were/ have been) close friends for 3 months but now they hate each other.
11. (Have you ever tried/ Did you ever try) ice skating when you were a kid?
12. How long (have you taught/ did you teach) in this primary school?
13. The last time we met (has been/ was) ten days ago.
14. You (have eaten/ haven‟t eaten) anything since yesterday. You must be very hungry now.
15. We (have been/ have never been) to this place before. This is the first time.
BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP NÂNG CAO
EX13. Chọn câu có cùng ý nghĩa với câu cho sẵn.
1. The last time I ate sushi was the last summer.
A. I have eaten sushi since the last summer.
B. I haven‟t eaten sushi since the last summer.
2. I last saw her on Monday.
A. I haven‟t seen her since Monday.

T EU VE Page 63
B. I have seen her since Monday.
3. I haven‟t watered this tree for a week.
A. The last time I watered this tree was a week ago.
B. The last time I didn‟t water this tree was a week ago.
4. I started collecting stamps last winter.
A. I have collected stamps since last summer.
B. I have started collecting stamps since last summer.
5. How long have you worked as a volunteer?
A. When did you start working as a volunteer?
B. When have you worked as a volunteer?
6. This singer‟s last performance was in Jly 20th.
A. This singer has performed since July 20th.
B. This singer hasn‟t performed since July 20th.
7. They began playing tennis in the spring of 2012.
A. They have played tennis since the spring of 2012.
B. They haven‟t played tennis since the spring of 2012.
8. I last went to the zoo when I was 10.
A. I haven‟t gone to the zoo since I was 10.
B. I have gone to the zoo since I was 10.
EX14. Chuyển các câu sau từ thì quá khứ đơn sang thì hiện tại hoàn thành sao cho nghĩa của câu không
thay đổi.
1. The last time I played the violin was 2 years ago.
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
2. The last time the team won the prize was a long time ago.
T EU VE Page 64
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
3. She last did charity work 2 years ago.
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
4. The last time I wrote a letter was 5 years ago.
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
5. My father stopped smoking in 2014.
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
6. I last donated my blood 7 months ago.
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
7. When did you start doing charitable work?
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
8. The last time she involved in community service was 2 months ago.
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
9. She said: “I began working as an activist when I was 20 years old.”
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
10. My best friend gave up eating fast food last year.
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
EX15. Chuyển các câu sau từ thì hiện tại hoàn thành sang thì quá khứ đơn sao cho nghĩa của câu không thay
đổi.
1. We have learned English for 10 years.
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
2. It has been a long time since we last met.
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
3. Ms. Ann hasn‟t taken part in any voluntary programs for 4 years.
T EU VE Page 65
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
4. I haven‟t mer my family since last Christmas.
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
5. How long have you lived here?
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
6. The volunteers have provided free food and fresh water to homeless people since yesterday.
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
7. The doctor has quitted his job in the local hospital and moved to the central hospital for 2 days.
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
8. The children haven‟t had a long vacation since last year.
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
9. They haven‟t visited their parents for 3 months.
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
10. It has been 2 years since we broke up.
=> ____________________________________________________________________.
EX16. Chia động từ trong ngoặc về thì quá khứ đơn hoặc hiện tại hoàn thành (thể khẳng định hoặc phủ
định) sao cho phù hợp.
1. Last month our class (go) ____________ on a field trip with our teacher. We (not have) ____________
another field trip since then.
2. I (use to/ live) ____________ with my grandmother until I (be) ____________ 18. Since then, I (meet)
____________ my grandmother again.
3. My mother (work) ____________ as a teacher in the local high school for 20 years before her retirement.
4. The last time we (have) ____________ dinner together was 2 weeks ago.
5. My uncle (meet) ____________ his family since he (go) ____________ on a business trip last month.
T EU VE Page 66
6. Your friend Sarah (just/ phone) ____________ you. She (say) ____________ sorry because she (can/ come)
____________ to your party.
7. So far, I (already/ read) ____________ 11 different books. My most favourite book is “Paper towns” by John
Green. I (finish) ____________ reading it last weekend.
8. Last night I (feel) ____________ well, so my father (take) ____________ me to hospital. I (be)
____________ out of hospital yet.
My first voluntary experience
It was a sunny day (1) _______ I first involved in community service. I (2) _______ a group of more
than 20 students to do voluntary work in a school of (3) _______ children. Soon after we came there, the leader
divided us into several teams with different duties. My job was to play with the children there. To be honest, I
was a bit confused at first. There were many children and all of them had health problems. However, most of
them were (4) _______ and friendly. They seemed to enjoy the volunteer‟s visit and they played joyously with
us. We (5) _______ the kids with paper and pencils and instructed them to draw. We maintained a cozy
atmosphere until the volunteer group had to leave. It was such an amazing experience to me that I could (6)
_______ forget it. I have involved in many other charitable projects (7) _______ my first voluntary experience.
I think I will continue doing charity in the future (8) _______ I have time.
1. A. when B. since C. for D. before
2. A. was B. came C. joined D. made
3. A. small B. strong C. disabled D. cute
4. A. badly-behaved B. naughty C. mischief D. well-behaved
5. A. provided B. bought C. lent D. borrowed
6. A. always B. often C. never D. just
7. A. since B. for C. when D. before
8. A. since B. for C. if D. unless
T EU VE Page 67
EX18. Đọc đoạn văn dƣới đây và trả lời câu hỏi.
When Henry Gates III was born on October 28, 1955. Almost everyone knows that he is one of the
world‟s richest people and perhaps the most successul businessman ever. He is the co-founder of Microsoft and
successully made it into the world‟s biggest software company. Moreover, he is renowed as a generous and kind
man who started his own charity with his wife. They named it “Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation”, also
known as the “Gates Foundation”.
The main purpose of the foundation are to improve healthcare and reduce poverty globally. In America,
it also helps to open up educational opportunities and provide access to information technology. So far, the
Gates Foundation has received many awards. President Barack Obama honored Bill and Melinda Gates with the
Presidential Medal of Freedom on November 22, 2016. “Time” magazine voted Gates as one of the biggest
influences of the 20th century.
1. When was William Henry Gates III born?
________________________________________________________________
2. What is the name of Bill and Melinda‟s charity foundation?
________________________________________________________________
3. What are the main purposes of the foundation on global scale?
________________________________________________________________
4. What does the foundation help in America?
________________________________________________________________
5. When did President Barack Obama honor Bill and Melinda Gates with a medal?
________________________________________________________________
Key BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN
EX7. Viết các câu sau ở thể khẳng định (+), thể phủ định (-), thể nghi vấn (?) ở thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
1. (+) I have finished my homework.
(-) I haven‟t finished my homework.
T EU VE Page 68
(?) Have you finished your homework?
2. (+) My uncle has been to Singapore before.
(-) My uncle hasn‟t been to Singapore before.
(?) Has your uncle been to Singapore before?
3. (+) They have found their keys.
(-) They haven‟t found their keys.
(?) Have they found their keys?
4. (+) Jim has just played video games with his brother.
(-) Jim hasn‟t just played video games with his brother.
(?) Has Jim just played video games with his brother?
5. (+) My grandmother has visited me since November.
(-) My grandmother hasn‟t visited me since November.
(?) Has your grandmother visited you since November?
6. (+) Your sister has studied Medicine for 2 years.
(-) Your sister hasn‟t studied Medicine for 2 years.
(?) Has your sister studied Medicine for 2 years?
7. (+) It has been long since our last encounter.
(-) It hasn‟t been long since our last encounter.
(?) Has it been long since our last encounter?
8. (+) We have graduated yet.
(-) We haven‟t graduated yet.
(?) Have you graduated yet?
EX8: Đặt những trạng từ trong ngoặc vào đúng vị trí của nó trong các câu sau đây:
1. I have had dinner with my family. (already)

T EU VE Page 69
I have already had dinner with my family./ I have had dinner with my family already.
2. Have you finished your report? You need to bring it to me before 9 a.m. (yet)
Have you finished your report yet? You need to bring it to me before 9 a.m.
3. I haven‟t done my homework. (yet)
I haven‟t done my homework yet.
4. My sister has left the party. (just)
My sister has just left the party.
5. Your mother has told you to come home early. (already)
Your mother has already told you to come home early. / Your mother has told you to come home early
already.
6. Has the mouse gone? (already)
Has the mouse already gone?/ Has the mouse gone already?
7. I have met her. (just)
I have just met her.
8. The paiter hasn‟t finished his work. (yet)
The paiter hasn‟t finished his work yet.
Giải thích:
- Already: đứng sau “have/ has” và đứng trƣớc động từ chính. Ngoài ra, “already” có thể đứng ở cuối câu.
- Just: đứng sau “have/ has” và đứng trƣớc động từ chính.
- Yet: chỉ dùng trong câu phủ định và nghi vấn, đứng ở cuối câu.
EX9. Điền “for” hoặc “since” vào chỗ trống sao cho thích hợp.
1. I have learned Japanese for 3 months.
2. May has been working for a non-profit organization since I graduated.
3. Kim has been unemployed for half a year.
T EU VE Page 70
4. I miss my friend. I haven‟t seen her for months.
5. We have lived in the dorm since our first year at university.
6. Jim and Jane have known each other for quite a long time.
7. The baby‟s hungry. He hasn‟t eaten anything since the morning.
8. Have you used this laptop for 4 years?
9. They‟ve been close friends since they started college.
10. My grandmother has been a vegetarian for several years.
Giải thích: “since” + mốc thời gian (kể từ khi ….); “for” + khoảng thời gian (trong bao lâu)
EX10. Chia động từ trong ngoặc ở thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
Jim: Hi, Jane. How are you? What (1. you/ do) have you done recently?
Jane: Oh, hi Jim. It (2. be) has been quite a long time since we last talked. Well, I (3. work) have worked for a
non-profit organization. We are carrying out a project to help homeless people in our neighborhood.
Jim: That sounds very interesting. (4. You/ have) Have you had any difficulties?
Jane: Of course! Basically my colleagues and I are doing charitable work, so we rarely receive any financial
support. We (5. provide) have provided free food for the homeless people since last week. Moreover, the
organization (6. recently offer) has recently offered jobs for those people.
Jim: It is a meaningful job. I really admire you! How long (7. you/ work) have you worked there?
Jane: Since the start of our summer holoiday. How about you? What (8. you/ do) have you done this summer?
Jim: Not much. I spend my whole day reading and reading. So far, I (9. already finish) have already finished
three books. My mother (10. tell) has told me several times to go out and try something new but I (11. not find)
haven‟t found anything that suits me.
Jane: Uhm, let‟s see. How about joining our organization? We (12. look) have looked for new volunteers for
weeks. The organization (13. also plan) has also planned to have some voluntary programs to help disabled
children. You can join and read books for the kids.I think it‟s quite suitable for you.
T EU VE Page 71
Jjm: That‟s a nice idea. I will definitely consider it. By the way, I (14. plan) have planned to have a party with
friends. Would you like to come?
Jane: I‟d love to. When will you hold the party?
Jim: I (15. not decide) haven‟t decided yet. But I will call you soon.
EX11. Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, hãy viết thành những câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. I/ think/ I/ hear/ that song/ before/./
I think I have heard that song before.
Giải thích: Động từ “think” chia về thì hiện tại đơn với chủ ngữ là “I”. Mệnh đề sau đó diễn tả hành động xảy
ra trong quá khứ nhƣng không biết rõ thời gian nên chia về thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
2. They/ not/ come/ yet/./
They haven‟t come yet.
Giải thích: Câu có chứa trạng từ “yet” nên chia về thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
3. Jim/ already/ invite/Shirley/ his party/./
Jim has already invited Shirley to his party.
Giải thích: Câu có chứa trạng từ “already” nên chia về thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
4. John and Julie/ have/ their house/ about two years/./
John and Julie have had their house for about two years.
Giải thích: Câu có chứa trạng từ “for” và khoảng thời gian “two years” nên chia về thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
5. She/ not take/ her driving test/ yet/./
She hasn‟t taken her driving test yet.
6. Mary/ be/a translator/ since/ she/ leave/ university/./
Mary has been a translator since she left university.
T EU VE Page 72
Giải thích: Câu diễn tả hành động đã bắt đầu trong quá khứ, kéo dài đến hiện tại và có thể tiếp tục ở tƣơng lai,
đi với trạng từ “since” và mốc thời gian nên chia về thì hiện tại hoàn thành. Mệnh đề sau “since” là mốc thời
gian trong quá khứ nên chia về thì quá khứ đơn.
7. You/ ride/ your new car/ yet/?/
Have you ridden your new car yet?
8. Paul/ ever/ meet/ a famous person/?/
Has Paul ever met a famous person?
Giải thích: Câu có chứa trạng từ “ever” nên chia về thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
9. Up to now/ Peter/ receive/ 5 awards/./
Up to now, Peter has received 5 awards.
đi với trạng từ “up to now” nên chia về thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
10. It/ be/ ages/ we/ last/ talk/./
It has been ages since we last talked.
đi với trạng từ “since” và mốc thời gian nên chia về thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
1. His mother hasn‟t prepared the meal (already/ yet).
Mẹ tôi chưa chuẩn bị bữa ăn.
Giải thích: Dùng “yet” (chƣa) trong câu phủ định ở thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
2. Tommy (worked/ has worked) for this company for 10 months but now he doesn‟t work here.
Tommy đã làm việc cho công ty này 10 tháng nhưng bây giờ anh ấy không làm việc ở đây.
Giải thích: Câu diễn tả hành động đã xảy ra và kết thúc trong quá khứ nên chia về thì quá khứ đơn.
T EU VE Page 73
3. This machine (has worked/ worked) for ten years so far.
Chiếc máy này đã hoạt động được 10 năm.
đi với trạng từ “for” và “so far” nên chia về thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
4. Mr Vu (have found/ founded) this non-profit organization to benefit the local community.
Ông Vũ đã thành lập tổ chức phi lợi nhuận này để mang lại lợi ích cho cộng đồng địa phương.
Giải thích: Động từ “find-found-found: tìm kiếm”; động từ “found-founded-founded: thành lập”. Ở trong câu
này cần dùng động từ “found” ở thì quá khứ đơn.
5. Jame‟s (not been/not) a member of the volunteer club since he left school.
James không còn là thành viên của câu lạc bộ từ khi anh ấy ra trường.
đi với trạng từ “since” và mốc thời gian nên chia về thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
6. Her husband (has given up/ gave up) smoking when they had their first child.
Chồng cô ấy đã từ bỏ thuốc lá khi họ có đứa con đầu tiên.
Giải thích: Câu diễn tả hành động đã xảy ra và kết thúc trong quá khứ tại một thời điểm xác định “when they
had…” nên chia về thì quá khứ đơn.
7. (Have you read/ Did you read) this book yet?
Bạn đã đọc quyển sách này chưa?
Giải thích: Câu diễn tả hành động xảy ra trong quá khứ nhƣng không biết rõ thời gian, đi với trạng từ “yet” nên
chia về thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
8. I lost my key on my way home last night. Up to now I (didn‟t find/ haven‟t found) it.
Tôi làm mất chìa khóa trên đường về nhà tối qua. Cho đến giờ tôi vẫn chưa tìm thấy nó.
9. You (have lied/ have lain) in bed since the morning. Get up and find something else to do.
T EU VE Page 74
Bạn đa nằm ở trên giường từ sáng rồi. Dậy đi và tìm cái khác để làm.
Giải thích: Động từ “lie- lay- lain: nằm”; động từ “lie- lied- lied: nói dối”. Ở đây cần dùng động từ “lie” (nằm)
ở thì hiện tại hoàn thành.
10. They (were/ have been) close friends for 3 months but now they hate each other.
Họ đã là bạn thân được 3 tháng nhưng bây giờ họ ghét nhau.
11. (Have you ever tried/ Did you ever try) ice skating when you were a kid?
Bạn đã từng thử trượt băng khi bạn còn là một đứa trẻ chưa?
Giải thích: Câu diễn tả hành động đã xảy ra và kết thúc trong quá khứ, tại một thời điểm xác định “when you
were a kid” nên chia về thì quá khứ đơn.
12. How long (have you taught/ did you teach) in this primary school?
Bạn đã dạy ở trường tiểu học bao lâu rồi?
13. The last time we met (has been/ was) ten days ago.
Lần cuối chúng ta gặp là 10 ngày trước.
14. You (have eaten/ haven‟t eaten) anything since yesterday. You must be very hungry now.
Bạn chưa ăn gì từ hôm qua. Bạn chắc hẳn là rất đói.
Giải thích: Dựa vào văn cảnh và đại từ bất định “anything” ta có thể xác định đây là câu ở thể phủ định
15. We (have been/ have never been) to this place before. This is the first time.
Chúng tôi chưa bao giờ đến nơi này trước kia. Đây là lần đầu tiên.
Giải thích: Dựa vào văn cảnh để xác định câu mang nghĩa phủ định với trạng từ “never”.
T EU VE Page 75
EX13. Chọn câu có cùng ý nghĩa với câu cho sẵn.
1. The last time I ate sushi was the last summer.
A. I have eaten sushi since the last summer.
B. I haven‟t eaten sushi since the last summer.
Lần cuối tôi ăn sushi là mùa hè trước.
=> Tôi đã không ăn sushi từ mùa hè trước.
2. I last saw her on Monday.
A. I haven‟t seen her since Monday.
B. I have seen her since Monday.
Tôi nhìn thấy cô ấy lần cuối vào thứ hai.
=> Tôi không nhìn thấy cô ấy kể từ thứ hai.
3. I haven‟t watered this tree for a week.
A. The last time I watered this tree was a week ago.
B. The last time I didn‟t water this tree was a week ago.
Tôi chưa tưới nước cho cái cây này một tuần rồi.
=> Lần cuối cùng tôi tưới nước cho cái cây này là một tuần trước.
4. I started collecting stamps last winter.
A. I have collected stamps since last summer.
B. I have started collecting stamps since last summer.
Tôi bắt đầu sưa tầm tem vào mùa đông trước.
=> Tôi đã sưu tầm tem kể từ mùa đông trước.
5. How long have you worked as a volunteer?
A. When did you start working as a volunteer?
B. When have you worked as a volunteer?

T EU VE Page 76
Bạn đã làm việc như một tình nguyện viên được bao lâu rồi?
=> Bạn đã bắt đầu làm việc như một tình nguyện viên từ khi nào?
6. This singer‟s last performance was in Jly 20th.
A. This singer has performed since July 20th.
B. This singer hasn‟t performed since July 20th.
Buổi biểu diễn cuối cùng của ca sĩ này là 20 tháng 7.
=> Ca sĩ này đã không biểu diễn từ 20 tháng 7.
7. They began playing tennis in the spring of 2012.
A. They have played tennis since the spring of 2012.
B. They haven‟t played tennis since the spring of 2012.
Họ bắt đầu chơi tennis vào mùa xuân 2012.
=> Họ đã chơi tennis kể từ mùa xuân 2012.
8. I last went to the zoo when I was 10.
A. I haven‟t gone to the zoo since I was 10.
B. I have gone to the zoo since I was 10.
Tôi đi sở thú lần cuối khi tôi 10 tuổi.
=> Tôi không đi sở thú nữa kể từ khi tôi 10 tuổi.
EX14. Chuyển các câu sau từ thì quá khứ đơn sang thì hiện tại hoàn thành sao cho nghĩa của câu không
thay đổi.
1. The last time I played the violin was 2 years ago.
=> I haven‟t played the violin for 2 years.
Lần cuối cùng tôi chơi vi-ô-lông là 2 năm trước.
=> Tôi không chơi vi-ô-lông được 2 năm rồi.
2. The last time the team won the prize was a long time ago.
T EU VE Page 77
=> The team hasn‟t won the prize for a long time.
Lần cuối cùng đội chiến thắng giải thưởng là rất lâu về trước.
=> Đội không chiến thắng giải thưởng trong một khoảng thời gian dài.
3. She last did charity work 2 years ago.
=> She hasn‟t done charity work for 2 years.
Cô ấy làm công việc từ thiện lần cuối cùng vào 2 năm trước.
=> Cô ấy chưa từng làm công việc từ thiện trong 2 năm.
4. The last time I wrote a letter was 5 years ago.
=> I haven‟t written a letter for 5 years.
Lần cuối cùng tôi viết thư là 5 năm trước.
=> Tôi chưa từng viết một bức thư từ 5 năm trước.
5. My father stopped smoking in 2014.
=> My father hasn‟t smoked since 2014.
Bố tôi ngừng hút thuốc vào năm 2014.
=> Bố tôi đã không hút thuốc từ năm 2014.
6. I last donated my blood 7 months ago.
=> I haven‟t donated my blood for 7 months.
Tôi hiến máu lần cuối cùng vào 7 tháng trước.
=> Tôi đã không hiến máu trong 7 tháng.
7. When did you start doing charitable work?
=> How long have you done charitable work?
Bạn bắt đầu làm từ thiện từ khi nào?
=> Bạn đã làm từ thiện được bao lâu rồi?
8. The last time she involved in community service was 2 months ago.
T EU VE Page 78
=> She hasn‟t involved in community service for 2 months.
Lần cuối cùng cô ấy tham gia vào dịch vụ cộng đồng là 2 tháng trước.
=> Cô ấy đã không tham gia vào dịch vụ cộng đồng 2 tháng rồi.
9. She said: “I began working as an activist when I was 20 years old.”
=> She said: “I have worked as an activist since I was 20 years old.”
Cô ấy nói: “Tôi đã bắt đầu làm việc với tư cách là một nhà hoạt động xã hội khi tôi 20 tuổi.”
=> Cô ấy nói: “Tôi đã làm việc với tư cách là một nhà hoạt động xã hội từ khi tôi 20 tuổi.”
10. My best friend gave up eating fast food last year.
=> My best friend hasn‟t eaten fast food since last year.
Bạn thân của tôi đã từ bỏ đồ ăn nhanh vào năm ngoái.

=> Bạn thân của tôi đã không ăn đồ ăn nhanh kể từ năm ngoái.
EX15. Chuyển các câu sau từ thì hiện tại hoàn thành sang thì quá khứ đơn sao cho nghĩa của câu không
thay đổi.
1. We have learned English for 10 years.
=> We started learning English 10 years ago.
Chúng ta đã học tiếng Anh được 10 năm.
=> Chúng ta đã bắt đầu học tiếng Anh 10 năm trước.
2. It has been a long time since we last met.
=> We last met a long time ago./ The last time we met was a long time ago.
Đã rất lâu rồi kể từ khi chúng ta gặp nhau lần cuối.
=> Chúng ta gặp nhau lần cuối rất lâu về trước./ Lần cuối cùng chúng ta gặp nhau là rất lâu về trước.
3. Ms. Ann hasn‟t taken part in any voluntary programs for 4 years.
=> Ms. Ann last took part in voluntary programs 4 years ago./ The last time Ms. Ann took part in
voluntary programs was 4 years ago.
Cô Ann không tham gia vào chương trình tình nguyện nào trong vòng 4 năm.
T EU VE Page 79
=> Cô Ann tham gia vào chương trình tình nguyện lần cuối vào 4 năm trước.
4. I haven‟t mer my family since last Christmas.
=> I last met my family last Christmas./ The last time I met my family was last Christmas.
Tôi chưa gặp gia đình tôi từ Giáng sinh năm trước.
=> Tôi gặp gia đình tôi lần cuối vào Giáng sinh năm trước.
5. How long have you lived here?
=> When did you start living here?
Bạn đã ở đây được bao lâu rồi?
=> Bạn bắt đầu sống ở đây từ khi nào?
6. The volunteers have provided free food and fresh water to homeless people since yesterday.
=> The volunteers started providing free food and fresh water to homeless people yesterday.
Các tình nguyện viên đã cung cấp thứ ăn và nước sạch miễn phí cho người vô gia cư từ hôm qua.
=> Các tình nguyện viên đã bắt đầu cung cấp thứ ăn và nước sạch miễn phí cho người vô gia cư vào hôm qua.
7. The doctor has quitted his job in the local hospital and moved to the central hospital for 2 days.
=> The doctor quitted his job in the local hospital and moved to the central hospital 2 days ago.
Bác sĩ đã bỏ công việc ở bệnh viện địa phương và chuyển đến bệnh viện trung tâm được 2 ngày.
=> Bác sĩ đã bỏ công việc ở bệnh viện địa phương và chuyển đến bệnh viện trung tâm từ 2 ngày trước.
8. The children haven‟t had a long vacation since last year.
=> The children last had a long vacation last year./ The last time the children had a long vacation was last
year.
Bọn trẻ đã không có kỳ nghỉ dài nào từ năm ngoái.
=> Bọn trẻ đã có kỳ nghỉ dài cuối cùng vào năm ngoái.
9. They haven‟t visited their parents for 3 months.
T EU VE Page 80
=> They last visited their parents 3 months ago./ The last time they visited their parents was 3 months
ago.
Họ đã không thăm bố mẹ họ ba tháng rồi.
=> Họ đã thăm bố mẹ họ lần cuối vào ba tháng trước.
10. It has been 2 years since we broke up.
=> We broke up two years ago.
Đã hai năm kể từ khi chúng tôi chia tay.
=> Họ đã chia tay hai năm trước.
EX16. Chia động từ trong ngoặc về thì quá khứ đơn hoặc hiện tại hoàn thành (thể khẳng định hoặc phủ
định) sao cho phù hợp.
1. Last month our class went on a field trip with our teacher. We haven‟t had another field trip since then.
Tháng trước lớp chúng tôi đi dã ngoại với giáo viên. Kể từ đó, chúng tôi không có buổi dã ngoại nào nữa.
2. I used to live with my grandmother until I was 18. Since then, I haven‟t met my grandmother again.
Tôi từng sống với bà tôi cho đến khi tôi 18 tuổi. Kể từ đó, tôi không gặp lại bà.
3. My mother worked as a teacher in the local high school for 20 years before her retirement.
Mẹ tôi đã làm việc cho trường cấp 3 ở địa phương được 20 năm trước khi nghỉ hưu.
4. The last time we had dinner together was 2 weeks ago.
Lần cuối cùng chúng tôi ăn tối với nhau là hai tuần trước.
5. My uncle hasn‟t met his family since he went on a business trip last month.
Chú của tôi đã không gặp gia đình chú ấy từ khi chú đi công tác tháng trước.
6. Your friend Sarah has just phoned you. She said sorry because she couldn‟t come to your party.
Bạn Sarah vừa gọi điện cho bạn. Cô ấy nói xin lỗi vì không thể đến được bữa tiệc của bạn.
Lƣu ý: Dạng quá khứ của động từ khuyết thiếu “can” là “could” và động từ sau nó ở dạng nguyên thể.
T EU VE Page 81
7. So far, I have already read 11 different books. My most favourite book is “Paper towns” by John Green. I
finished reading it last weekend.
Cho đến bây giờ, tôi đã đọc được 11 cuốn sách. Cuốn yêu thích của tôi là “Paper Towns” của John Green. Tôi
đã đọc xong nó tuần trước.
8. Last night I didn‟t feel well, so my father took me to hospital. I haven‟t been out of hospital yet.
Đêm qua tôi cảm thấy không khỏe vậy nên bố tôi đưa tôi đi bệnh viện. Bây giờ tôi vẫn chưa ra viện.
My first voluntary experience
It was a sunny day (1) _______ I first involved in community service. I (2) _______ a group of more
than 20 students to do voluntary work in a school of (3) _______ children. Soon after we came there, the leader
divided us into several teams with different duties. My job was to play with the children there. To be honest, I
was a bit confused at first. There were many children and all of them had health problems. However, most of
them were (4) _______ and friendly. They seemed to enjoy the volunteer‟s visit and they played joyously with
us. We (5) _______ the kids with paper and pencils and instructed them to draw. We maintained a cozy
atmosphere until the volunteer group had to leave. It was such an amazing experience to me that I could (6)
_______ forget it. I have involved in many other charitable projects (7) _______ my first voluntary experience.
I think I will continue doing charity in the future (8) _______ I have time.
1. A. when B. since C. for D. before
2. A. was B. came C. joined D. made
3. A. small B. strong C. disabled D. cute
4. A. badly-behaved B. naughty C. mischief D. well-behaved
5. A. provided B. bought C. lent D. borrowed
6. A. always B. often C. never D. just
7. A. since B. for C. when D. before
8. A. since B. for C. if D. unless
1. Đó là một ngày nắng khi tôi tham gia vào dịch vụ cộng đồng lần đầu tiên.
T EU VE Page 82
2. Tôi tham gia vào một nhóm hơn 20 tình nguyện viên để làm tình nguyện ở một trường các em nhỏ khuyết tật.
3. Tôi tham gia vào một nhóm hơn 20 tình nguyện viên để làm tình nguyện ở một trường các em nhỏ khuyết tật.
4. Tuy nhiên, hầu hết các em đều cư xử tốt và thân thiện.
5. Chúng tôi phát cho lũ trẻ giấy và bút chì và hướng dẫn chúng vẽ.
6. Đó là một trải nghiệm tuyệt vời mà tôi không thể quên được.
7. Tôi đã tham gia nhiều công việc từ thiện khác kể từ trải nghiệm tình nguyện đầu tiên.
8. Tôi nghĩ rằng tôi sẽ tiếp tục làm tình nguyện trong tương lai nếu tôi có thời gian.
EX18. Đọc đoạn văn dƣới đây và trả lời câu hỏi.
When Henry Gates III was born on October 28, 1955. Almost everyone knows that he is one of the
world‟s richest people and perhaps the most successul businessman ever. He is the co-founder of Microsoft and
successully made it into the world‟s biggest software company. Moreover, he is renowed as a generous and kind
man who started his own charity with his wife. They named it “Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation”, also
known as the “Gates Foundation”.
The main purpose of the foundation are to improve healthcare and reduce poverty globally. In America,
it also helps to open up educational opportunities and provide access to information technology. So far, the
Gates Foundation has received many awards. President Barack Obama honored Bill and Melinda Gates with the
Presidential Medal of Freedom on November 22, 2016. “Time” magazine voted Gates as one of the biggest
influences of the 20th century.
1. When was William Henry Gates III born?
On October 28, 1955
Dẫn chứng: William Henry Gates III was born on October 28, 1955.
2. What is the name of Bill and Melinda‟s charity foundation?
“Bill and Melinda‟s Gates Foundation”
Dẫn chứng: They named it “Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation”, also known as the “Gates Foundation”.
3. What are the main purposes of the foundation on global scale?
T EU VE Page 83
To improve healthcare and reduce poverty gobally
Dẫn chứng: The main purpose of the foundation are to improve healthcare and reduce poverty globally.
4. What does the foundation help in America?
Open up educational opportunities and provide access to information technology
Dẫn chứng: In America, it also helps to open up educational opportunities and provide access to information
technology.
5. When did President Barack Obama honor Bill and Melinda Gates with a medal?
Presidential Medal of Freedom
Dẫn chứng: President Barack Obama honored Bill and Melinda Gates with the Presidential Medal of Freedom
on November 22, 2016.
PRACTISE
UNIT 2: CLOTHING
I. Give the correct word formation
1. We have been _____ since we were children. I hope our ______ will last forever. (friend)
2. The baby is sleeping ______________. (peace)
3. She sang the song ______________. (beauty)
4. Her new album is very ______________. (impress)
5. What is the _____________ between living in the city and living in the countryside? (differ)
6. She always does things _______. Things seem go wrong when she touches them. (care)
7. I enjoy a ______________ life in Vietnam. (peace)
8. ___________, we visit our relatives and friends on New Year‟s Day. (Tradition)
9. They have had a plan to replace the unfashionable vehicles. They hope all means of transportation will be
_______________ soon. (modern)
10. She has the ______________ to create new designs for the ao dai. (inspire)
T EU VE Page 84
Đáp án:
1. friend - friendship 2. peacefully 3. beautifully 4. impressive 5. difference

6. carelessly 7. peaceful 8. traditionally 9. modernized 10. inspiration
II. Rewrite sentences, using the provided word keep meaning as that of the root one
1. She knows a lot more about it than I do.
I don't know .......................................................................................
2. Let's go abroad for our holiday this year.
Why .................................................................................................................................................
3. During dinner, the phone rang.
While I ...............................................................................................
4. It takes six hours to drive from London to Edinburgh.
It is a ..................................................................................................
5. Is this car yours ?
Do you ........................................................................................................................................... ?
6. He could not afford to buy the car.
The car ...........................................................................................................................................
7. Your hair needs cutting.
It's time you ................................................................................................................................
8. If you run a lot, you'll become healthy.
The ....................................................................................................................................................
9. Nam will be eighteen next week.
It is Nam's ...................................................................................................................................
10. He never had enough money.
T EU VE Page 85
He's always ................................................................................................................................
Đáp án:
1. I don't know more about it than she does.
2. Why don't you go abroad for our holiday this year?
3. While I was having dinner, the phone rang.
4. It is a six-hour drive from London to Edinburgh.
5. Do you own the car?
6. The car was too expensive for him to buy.
7. It's time you should cut your hair.
8. The more you run, the healthier you'll become.
9. It is Nam's eighteenth birthday next week.
10. He's always lack of money.
III. Choose the underlined words or phrases that are not correct in standard written English.
1. He is very rich, so he can live ______________ (depend)
2. The singer looks ______________ on the stage. (attract)
3. Team games help to ______________ the students‟ solidarity. (strong)
4. We like going in his car as he is a ______________ driver. (care)
5. This stamp ______________ is valuable. (collect)
6. Uniforms make students ______________ of their school. (pride)
7. Jeans and T-shirts are his ______________ clothes. (favor)
T EU VE Page 86
8. Red ______________ danger. (symbol)
9. Mai ______________ Maryam to Hanoi last year. (invitation)
10. Some designers have ______________the ao dai by printing lines of poetry on it. (modern)
Đáp án:
1. independently 2. attractive 3. strengthen 4.careful 5. collection

6. proud 7. favorite 8. symbolizes 9. invited 10. modernized
VI. Give the correct word formation
1. The sweater is designed without sleeves. It is ______________. (sleeve)
2. Please drive ______________, or you will have an accident. (care)
3. They were reunited after a ______________ of more than 20 years. (separate)
4. I had no ______________ making myself understood. (difficult)
5. He is interested in the ______________of old building ( Preserve)
6. Don't depend on him; he's a very ______________ person. (rely)
7. Rob was dismissed after being told by his______________that he must leave in a month's time.
( employ)
8. He's quite an______ person. He plays lots of sport and goes running everyday (energy)
9. English is a________________easy language for Swedes to learn. (compare)
10. I think it's ver______of him to expect us to work over time every night this week (reason)
Đáp án:
1. sleeveless 2. carefully 3. separation 4. difficulty 5. preservation

6. unreliable 7. employer 8. energetic 9. comparably 10. reasonable
V: Rewrite sentences, using the provided word keep meaning as that of the root one
T EU VE Page 87
1. I last saw her three years ago.

I haven‟t
2. The teacher will explain the lesson until all the students understand it.
The lesson
3. You draw very badly.
I wish I.
4. They sell jeans all over the world.
Jeans
5. People are going to build a new library in the area.
A new library
6. The clown made us laugh a lot.
We
7. You live very far from school.
We wish we
8. My father used to take us to the circus when we lived in the city.
We
9. I usually got up late last year, but this year I often get up early.
I used to
10. You have to finish your homework on time.
Your homework
Đáp án:
1. I haven't seen her for three years.
2. The lesson will be explained until all the students understand.
3. I wish I could draw well.
4. Jeans are sold all over the worlds.
5. A new library is going to be built in the area.
6. We were made to laugh by the clown.
7. We wish we lived near the school.
8. We used to be taken to the circus when we lived in the city.
9. I used to get up late last year.
10. Your homework have to be finished on time.
UNIT 2: CLOTHING
TEST 1
I. Choose the word which is pronounced differently from the other.
1. A. worry B. sorry C. dog D. doctor
2. A. hoped B. asked C. received D. washed
3. A. about B. sound C. young D. account
4. A. invited B. ticket C. pick D. circus
5. A. place B. jam C. face D. take
T EU VE Page 88
II. Choose the word in each line that has different stress pattern.
6. A. casual B. convenient C. designer D. embroider
7. A. fashionable B. rivalry C. encourage D. logical
8. A. poem B. champagne C. label D. novel
9. A. inspiration B. economic C. situation D. material
10. A. impress B. comic C. cotton D. baggy
III. Find the one choice that best completes the sentence.
11. Now fashion ______ want to change the traditional Ao dai.
A. makers B. workers C. designers D. dressers
12. The word “Jeans” comes from a kind of ______ that was made in Europe.
A. substance B. form C. element D. material
13. In the 18th century Jean cloth was made completely from ______
A. rubber B. leather C. cotton D. nylon
14. In the 1980s jeans finally became high fashion clothing______ of jeans went up and up.
A. Sales B. Buying C. Selling D. Making
15. Today young generation______ wearing jeans.
A. likes B. enjoys C. is font of D. all A, B and C
16. The material used to make jeans was very ______ and it didn‟t wear out easily.
A. hardly B. difficult C. strong D. solid
17. My uncle is a seaman. He usually away on voyages.
A. fisher B. sailor C. worker D. boatman
18. Some designers have ______ the Ao dai by printing lines of poetry on it.
A. modernized B. introduced C. made D. increased
19. He may be from a rich family. His clothes look very modern and ______ .
A. old B. fashionable C. cheap D. inexpensive
20. Wearing uniforms help students feel ______ in many ways.
A. the same B different C. unequal D. equal
21. Wearing casual clothes gives students ______ of choice of colors and styles.
A. comfortable B. liking C. freedom D. convenient
22. I ______ in the same company since I left school.
T EU VE Page 89
A. work B. worked C. have worked D. had worked

23. Greeting cards are big business in Britain. Millions of cards______ every year.
A. is sent B. are sent C. have been sent D. has been sent
24. It was careless______ not to lock the gate.
A. of he B. for him C. of him D. from him
25. During the last couple of years they______ very happy.
A. haven‟t been B. weren‟t C. aren‟t D. didn‟t
26. Nowadays Jeans ______ all over the world.
A. is sold B. are sold C. sold D. sell
27. Lan feels sick. She wishes she ______ so many cakes.
A. didn‟t eat B. doesn‟t eat C. ate D. hadn‟t eaten
28. When I was young. I used to ______ to school by my mother.
A. be taken B. being taken C. take D. taking
29. Modern patterns______ to the Ao dai to make it more fashionable.
A. has been added B. have been added C. are added D. added
30. In the 18th century jeans ______ very popular. Only workmen ______ them.
A. were/ wear B. weren‟t / wore C. haven‟t been/ wore D. have been/ wear
31. Jeans have never been out of fashion, jeans______ by young people all over the world.
A. is liked B. was liked C. being liked D. are liked
32. For the time being he______ busy______ a new novel.
A. is/ writing B. was to write C. is/ to write D. was/ writing
33. ______ all over the world, English has become the international language.
A. Speaking B. Spoken C. Speak D. Being speaking
34. Mr. Johnson can‟t use his office at the moment. It ______.
A. is redecorated B. has redecorated C. is being redecorated D. was redecorated
35. A tree was lying across the road. it______ down in the storm.
A. is blown B. was blown C. is being blown D. has been blown
36. That church looks very old. When ______?
A. is it built B. has it been built C. was it built D. did it built
37. ______, after trying three times, he passed the driving test.
T EU VE Page 90
A. Lastly B. Last of all C. Last D. At last

38. Tom is late for class again. He______ punished by his teacher.
A. would be B. could be C. will be D. has been
39. A lot of guests ______, but few came.
A. was expected B. have been expected C. expected D. were expected
40. Write to me and tell me all ______ your holiday in France.
A. of B. about C. for D. with
41. The wall of the room was made______ thick glass.
A. by B. off C. in D. of
42. I‟ve been learning English______ five years.
A. for B. since C. in D. at
43. He said he met you once in Paris last year. ______ him since?
A. Have you seen B. Had you seen C. Did you see D. Were you seen
44. She often wishes that she ______ a bicycle.
A. can ride B. can rode C. could ride D. could rode
45. “ You are late”, She said, “ I think the bus______ already.”
A. went B. was going C. goes D. has gone
IV. Choose the underlined words or phrases that are not correct in standard written English.
46. Can you tell me when penicillin is discovered? – In 1928.
A B C D
47. When my brother went to work in the city library, he became interesting in books.
A B C D
48. There was so many traffic that it took me an hour to get to the office.
A B C D
49. Are you accustomed to live in a big city yet?
A B C D
50. My uncle wishes he didn‟t waste time when he was young.
A B C D
51. We had to use the stairs because the elevator was out order.
A B C D
T EU VE Page 91
52. He has worked for the same company since he leaves school.
A B C D
53. Do you know “Farad”, a unit in electricity is named after Faraday?
A B C D
54. The girl was last saw wearing a pink dress and brown shoes.
A B C D
55. For the time being he was writing a new novel which is a science fiction.
A B C D
V. Read the following passage and choose the best answer.
We don‟t only choose clothes to make us look (56)______, we also use them to tell the world (57)______
our personality. The clothes we wear and our (58) ______ as a whole give other people useful information
about what we think (59)______ we feel. If we feel cheerful, we usually wear (60) ______ clothes and if we
feel (61) ______ we sometimes put on dark clothes. But why do teenagers wear black so(62)______? Is it
because they feel miserable all (63)______? This is unlikely to be the case. It is probably just because it is
(64)______ to wear black, and young people they are real fans of (65)______.
56. A. attract B. attractive C. attractively D. attraction
57. A. of B. with C. by D. about
58. A. appear B. appearance C. appeared D. appearing
59. A. which B. what C. how D. when
60. A. colorful B. colors C. colorfully D. colorless
61. A. depress B. depressed C. depressing D. depression
62. A. frequent B. frequency C. frequently D. frequents
63. A. the time B. the day C. the week D. the month
64. A. fashion B. fashionable C. fashioner D. fashioned
65. A. fashion B. fashionable C. fashioner D. fashioned
VI. Choose the sentence which is closest in meaning to the given one.
66. They believe that the old castle was built hundreds of years ago.
A. It was believed that the old castle was built hundreds of years ago.
B. The old castle is believed to be built hundreds of years ago.
C. The old castle is believed to have built hundreds of years ago.
T EU VE Page 92
D. The old castle is believed to have been built hundreds of years ago.
67. In France people think horse meat is delicious.
A. Horse meat are thought to be delicious in France.
B. Horse meat was thought to be delicious in France.
C. Horse meat is thought to be delicious in France.
D. It is thought horse meat be delicious in France.
68. I‟ve got no idea what his name is.
A. What‟s his name? B. His name has no idea
C. I‟ve got his name already D. I don‟t know his name
69.There were only two actors on the stage when the play started.
A. Two actors were playing on the stage. B. The play began with two actors on the stage.
C. We saw two actors on the stage D. They played with two actors
70. The picture he gave you was better than the one he gave me.
A. Your picture was better than mine.
B. The picture he gave you was god.
C. The picture he gave you was bad.
D. The picture he gave you was the one he gave me.
Đáp án
1. a 11. c 21. b 31. c 41. c ( -> was) 51. b
2. c 12. b 22. d 32. d 42.d (-> interested) 52. d
3. c 13. a 23. a 33. c 43. b ( ->much) 53. b
4. d 14. b 24. b 34. d 44. c ( -> living) 54. c
5. b 15. d 25. b 35. b 45. b ( -> hadn‟t) 55. a
6. c 16. c 26. d 36. d 46. d (-> out of order) 56. b
7. d 17. c 27. d 37. a 47. d ( -> left) 57. d
8. c 18. b 28. b 38. a 48. c ( -> was) 58. a
9. a 19. c 29. c 39. c 49. b ( ->seen) 59. b
10. d 20. a 30. b 40. d 50. b ( -> is writing) 60. a
UNIT 2 TEST 2
T EU VE Page 93
I/ Choose the word which is pronounced differently from the other.

1. A. proud B. pound C. double D. house
2. A. roofs B. tickets C. tops D. waves
3. A. since B. ride C. drive D. divide
4. A. sun B. fun C. full D. run
5. A. value B. use C. music D. currency
II. Choose the word in each line that has different stress pattern.
6. A. constrained B. fashion C. novel D. poem
7. A. subject B. symbol C. unique D. sweater
8. A. traditional B. encouragement C. minority D. psychedelic
9. A. casual B. occasion C. logical D. rivalry
10. A. economic B. historical C. intelligent D. directory
11. My uncle is ______. He composed music and plays the piano very well.
A. musician B. music player C. music writer D. music fan
12. The Ao dai is the______ dress of Vietnamese women.
A. casual B. traditional C. international D. social
13. Miss Nga designs clothes for ladies. She is a ______ .
A. fashion clothes B. clothing C. cloth maker D. fashion designer
14. Poets are usually inspired with beauty. They write______ to show their feeling.
A. novels B. poems C. text reading D. essays
15. Vietnamese women usually wear the Ao dai , especially on______ occasions.
A. casual B. national C. special D. additional
16. The Ao dai ______ of long silk tunic that is slit on the sides and worn over loose pants.
A. comprises B. made C. composed D. consist
17. Nguyen Du, one of famous Vietnamese______ wrote “Truyen Kieu”.
A. poets B. poems C. poetry D. poetic
18. Traditionally, the Ao dai was ______ by both men and women.
A. wear B. wearing C. wore D. to wear
19. For centuries, poets, writers and musicians have ______ the Ao dai in poems, novels and songs.
T EU VE Page 94
A. said B. told C. talked D. mentioned

20. However, many Vietnamese women today______ to wear modern clothing at work.
A. prefer B. like more C. enjoy D. avoid
21. Some designers have taken ______ from Vietnam‟s ethnic minorities.
A. liking B. hobby C. inspiration D. interest
22. This is a very popular TV program. Every week it ______ by millions of people.
A. has been watched B. is watched C. watches D. was watched
23. My uncle moved to the North six months ago. I ______ from him since.
A. didn‟t hear B. don‟t hear C. haven‟t heard D. couldn‟t hear
24. This ______ very often. It becomes deserted.
A. are used B. has used C. isn‟t used D. hadn‟t been used
25. Is Margaret popular? – Yes, she______ by everybody.
A. is liked B. likes C. has been liked D. was liked
26. I‟ve been waiting for you for an hour. Where ______?
A. were you B. are you C. have you been D. did you
27. Tom ______ write to me until last year. Now he send me e-mail.
A. is used to B. uses to C. used to D. gets used to
28. It is the best score. Nobody has ______ done this before.
A. never B. any C. not D. ever
29. Up to now, our teacher ______ our class for tests on mathematics.
A. gives B. gave C. is giving D. has given
30. Mr. John feels tired because he ______ hard all day.
A. works B. worked C. has worked D. had worked
31. This film is so interesting that I ______ three times.
A. have seen it B. saw it C. see it D. had seen it
32. We have to wait. A decision______ until the next meeting.
A. wasn‟t made B. didn‟t make C. won‟t be made D. hadn‟t been made
33. We needn‟t pay for service. Service ______ in the bill.
A. was included B. including C. included D. is included
34. The room looks different. ______ since I was last here?
T EU VE Page 95
A. Has it been painted B. Is it painted C. Was it painted D. Is it being painted

35. Pay attention, please. Cars ______ in “ No parking” area.
A. must be parked B. must park C. mustn‟t park D. mustn‟t be parked
36. Try these cakes. They are made______ wheat flour, sugar and eggs.
A. of B. by C. from D. in
37. The mountains can be seen ______ a great distance.
A. at B. in C. to D. from
38. I ______ back to the village where I was born for a long time.
A. didn‟t B. wasn‟t C. haven‟t been D. am not
39. Don‟t touch the window. It ______.
A. has just painted C. just have been painted
B. just painted D. has just been painted
40. Several people were hurt in the accident but only one ______ to hospital.
A. has taken B. has been taking C. was taken D. was taking
41. “ Are you sorry that you didn‟t take pictures?” – “ Yes. I wish______.”
A. I took B. I had C. I take D. I had taken
42. So far ten houses______.
A. are built B. were built C. have been built D. have built
43. He insisted on ______ a receipt for the bill he had repaid.
A. to be given B. being given C. giving D. given
44. I bought my sister a beautiful scarf ______ her holiday.
A. in B. to C. for D. at
45. Many of our useful medicines are made ______ plants.
A. of B. in C. by D. from
46. This is the first time I tried to play badminton.
A B C D
47. None of the pictures are the same. They are all very different with each other.
A B C D
48. The last time we decorated the flat was 5 years ago. The flat wasn‟t decorated for five years.
T EU VE Page 96
A B C D
49. In the end, the result was quite different with what we expected.
A B C D
50. We won‟t know the value of health until we will lose it.
A B C D
51. Since civilization began, gold is regarded as a symbol of power and wealth.
A B C D
52. Nowadays women don‟t spend much time doing housework no longer.
A B C D
53. Destroyed completely during the war, this city has now rebuilt fast.
A B C D
54. The effects of cigarette has been proved to be extremely harmful.
A B C D
55. Collecting of coins and stamps were my father‟s hobby when he retired.
A B C D
V. Read the following passage and choose the best answers.
BLUE JEANS.
Levi Strauss, a young (56)______from Germany, arrived in San Francisco in 1850. California was in the
middle of the Gold Rush, thousands of men were coming to California to dig for gold. And Levi Strauss came
to sell canvas to these (57)______Canvas is heavy fabric. So Levi Strauss thought the miners could use the
canvas for tents.
One day Strauss heard a miner (58)______ that he couldn‟t find clothes (59)______for the work he was
doing. Strauss got an idea. He quickly took some of his canvas and made it (60)______pants. These are pants
were (61)______the miners needed. In one day Strauss sold all the pants he had made.
Strauss wanted to improve his pants. He wanted to make them event better. He bought a fabric that was
softer than canvas but just as strong. This fabric came from Nimes, a city in France, and was called serge de
Nimes. The miners liked this fabric. They called it “denim” (from de Nimes) and bought even more pants from
Strauss.
However, denim had (62)______ Because of this the denim pants did not look interesting and they got
dirty easily. To solve these problems, Strauss made the denim blue.
T EU VE Page 97
Strauss continued to improve his jeans. Today, the company he started is known around the world. and
jeans are considered not just practical but very fashionable as well.
56. A. immigrate B. immigrant C. immigrated D. migrate
57. A. gold mines B. gold mining C. gold miners D. mining gold
58. A. complain B. tell C. ask D. talk
59. A. enough strong B. strong enough C. strength d. strength enough
60. A. from B. for C. into D. to
61. A. that B. what C. which D. x
62. A. colorful B. colorless C. no color D. color
63. The word “ to improve” means:
A. to make better B. to find more C. to take care D. to look after
64. The phrase “ around the world” means:
A. outside the world B. the world over C. near the world D. worldwide
65. People like jeans because they are:
A. practical B. fashionable C. colorful D. A and B
66. The dancing hall is overcrowded.
A. There are too much people there. B. There are too many people there.
C. There are more people in the dancing hall. D. There are many people dancing there.
67. The dog doesn‟t look friendly at all.
A. It looks frightened B. It makes us frightening
C. It is frightening D. All of us are frightening
68. We missed the last bus, so we went home on foot.
A. As we missed the last bus, we walked home.
B. We lost the bus and we walked home.
C. We failed the bus, so we went on foot.
D. Because there was no bus we took a taxi home.
69. I‟m afraid there are no seats left.
A. Every seat is served B. All seats are full
C. They bought every seats D. Every seat is reserved
T EU VE Page 98
70. I‟m free only on Sundays.

A. I have to work the six days. B. I have to work the other six days of the week.
C. I work the six days of the week. D. I work at weekends.
Đáp án
1. c 11. d 21. c 31. c 41. c ( ->have tried) 51. b
2. d 12. a 22. c 32. d 42. d ( ->from) 52. a
3. a 13. c 23. d 33. c 43. c ( ->hasn‟t been) 53. c
4. c 14. d 24. d 34. d 44. b ( -> from) 54. c
5. d 15. a 25. c 35. c 45. c ( -> lose) 55. b
6. a 16. c 26. a 36. d 46. a ( -> has been) 56. a
7. b 17. b 27. c 37. d 47. c ( -> any longer) 57. a
8. d 18. c 28. d 38. b 48. c (->has now been) 58. d
9. b 19. c 29. a 39. c 49. b ( -> have) 59. b
10. c 20. a 30. d 40. d 50. b ( -> was) 60. c
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
UNIT 3: A TRIP TO THE COUNTRYSIDE
CHUYẾN DU LỊCH VỀ MIỀN QUÊ
VOCABULARY
-buffalo /ˈbʌfələʊ/ (n): con trâu
- plough /plaʊ/ (n, v): cái cày, cày
- gather /ˈɡæðə(r)/ (v): gặt, thu hoạch
- crop /krɒp/ (n): vụ mùa
- home village /həʊm -/ˈvɪlɪdʒ/: làng quê
- rest /rest/ (n, v): (sự) nghỉ ngơi
- journey /ˈdʒɜːni/(n) : chuyến đi, hành trình
- chance /tʃɑːns/ (n): dịp
- cross /krɒs/ (v): đi ngang qua
- paddy filed /ˈpædi -faɪl/ : cánh đồng lúa
- bamboo /ˌbæmˈbuː/ (n): tre
- forest /ˈfɒrɪst/ (n): rừng
- snack /snæk/ (n): thức ăn nhanh
- highway /ˈhaɪweɪ/ (n): xa lộ
- banyan tree /ˈbænjən - triː /: cây đa
- entrance /ˈentrəns/ (n): cổng vào, lối vào
- shrine /ʃraɪn/ (n): cái miếu
- hero /ˈhɪərəʊ/ (n): anh hùng
- go boating: đi chèo thuyền
- riverbank /ˈrɪvəbæŋk/ (n): bờ sông
- enjoy /ɪnˈdʒɔɪ/ (v) – enjoyable /ɪnˈdʒɔɪəbl/ (a): thú vị
- take a photo: chụp ảnh
- reply /rɪˈplaɪ/ (v) = answer /ˈɑːnsə(r)/ : trả lời
- play a role: đóng vai trò
T EU VE Page 99
- flow – flew – flown /fləʊ - fluː -fləʊn /(v): chảy

- raise /reɪz/ (v): nuôi
- cattle /ˈkætl/ (n): gia súc
- pond /pɒnd/ (n): cái ao
- parking lot: chỗ đậu xe
- gas station: cây xăng
- exchange /ɪksˈtʃeɪndʒ/ (v, n): (sự) trao đổi
- maize /meɪz/ (n) = corn /kɔːn/: bắp / ngô
- nearby /ˌnɪəˈbaɪ/(a) : gần bên
- complete /kəmˈpliːt/ (v): hoàn thành
- feed – fed – fed /fiːd – fed - fed/(v): cho ăn
GRAMMAR
ADVERB CLAUSES OF RESULT / CONSEQUENCE
(Mệnh đề trạng từ chỉ hậu quả) : so / THEREFORE + clause.
e g.: The Parkers are nice, so Van feels like a member of their family
(Gia đình ông Parker tử tế, do đó /vì thế Vân cảm thấy mình nhƣ một thành viên cùa gia đình họ.)
It‟s a very fine day; therefore, we decide to go for a picnic.
(Đó là một ngày rất đẹp trời; do đó / vì thế chúng tôi quyếtt định đi dã ngoại.)
He‟s sick. Therefore, he can‟t go to school.
(Anh ấy bệnh. Do đó, anh ấy không đi học đƣợc.)
SO và THEREFORE đứng trƣớc mệnh đề chỉ hậu quả. Tuy nhiên, SO đƣợc ngăn cách với mệnh đề chính bởi
dấu phẩy (a comma) hay từ AND; trái lại, THEREFORE bị ngăn cách bởi dấu chấm phẩy hoặc dấu chấm câu.
PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Giới từ chỉ thời gian) : AT, ON, IN.
AT : đƣợc dùng cho:“giờ",
e.g. : at two o‟clock (lúc 2 giờ); at six a.m. (lúc 6 giờ sáng)
- “tuổi”, e.g.: at the age of four (lúc 4 tuổi)
Ngoại lệ: at night (về đêm), at Christmas (vào lễ Giáng Sinh), at / on weekends (vào ngày cuối tuần), at bed
time / lunchtirae/ dinner time (vào giờ ngủ / ăn trƣa/ ăn tối)
ON : đƣợc dùng cho :
- “ngày" .e.g.: on Tuesday, on May 1st, on Monday, May 2"d,...
- “buổi của ngày trong tuần e.g.: on Monday morning (vào sáng Thứ Hai), on Sunday afternoon (vào trƣa Chủ
nhật),...
- có nghĩa” ngay sau.
e.g.: On his arrival at home, he phoned his parents.
(Ngay khi về đến nhà, anh ấy điện thoại cho cha mẹ anh ấy.)
IN : đƣợc dùng cho :
- "tháng, năm, mùa, thế kỉ,...", e.g.: in May ; in 1998, in summer,...
- "khoảng thời gian của ngày". e.g : in the morning / afternoon/ evening.
- "chỉ khoảng thời gian trong tƣơng lai sự kiện xảy ra.
e.g.: The train will leave in ten minutes.
(Xe lửa sẽ khởi hành trong 10 phút nữa.)
Ghi chú: Chúng ta không dùng IN, ON, AT với : next, last, every, today, yesterday, tomorrow.
MODAL“COULD” with “WISH clause”.
(Khiếm trợ động từ “COULD” với “mệnh đề “WISH”).
T EU VE Page 100
Chúng ta có thể dùng “COULD" ở mệnh đề chỉ ƣớc muốn (“WISH” clause) hoặc thì quá khứ giả định (past
subjunctive) để diễn tả ƣớc muốn điều gì khác biệt ở hiện tại.
"COULD" thƣờng đƣợc dùng chỉ khả năng.
e.g.: I wish I could speak English fluenty.
(Ƣớc gì tôi nói đƣợc tiếng Anh lƣu loát.)
My friend wishes he could ride a motorbike.
(Bạn tôi ƣớc gì anh ấy biết chạy xe gắn máy.)
PRACITSE
TEST 1
UNIT 3: A TRIP TO THE COUNTRYSIDE
1. A. teacher B. scholarship C. chair D. chess
2. A. few B. dew C. new D. sew
3. A. smart B. cart C. carry D. start
4. A. burn B. bury C. curly D. turn
5. A. about B. south C. count D. young
II. Choose the word in each line has different stress pattern.
6. A. bamboo B. blanket C. comment D. entrance
7. A. collection B. hamburger C. pagoda D. encourage
8. A. locate B. admire C. forest D. effect
9. A. invent B. remain C. exchange D. gather
10. A. grocery B. collection C. revision D. decision
11. After two hours traveling by bus, we ______ Vung Tau.
A. came B. got C. reached D. went
12. While going on her summer vacation, Liz took a lot of______ to show the trip to her friends.
A. pictures B. things C. signs D. photos
13. They usually go for a walk in the park early in the morning to enjoy the ______ air there.
A. fresh B. salty C. windy D. strong
14. After an hour‟s walking, everyone felt tired and hungry, so they stopped and had a ______.
A. breakfast B. lunch C. supper D. snack
15. We hired a canoe and went______ in the river.
A. working B. playing C. boating D. climbing
16. They put up the tent and had a ______ on the river bank.
A. way B. picnic C. place D. space
17. Many people go to amusement parks on weekends to ______ after a hard working week.
A. see B. watch C. enjoy D. relax
18. He invited me______ his family on a trip to Nha Trang.
A. to join B. to come C. to get D. to take
19. Look at the big old tree at the ______to the village. It‟s a banyan tree.
A. exit B. going C. entrance D. way
20. We started to walk to the village. The______ to the village was tiring but very interesting.
A. voyage B. travel C. going D. journey
21. We also walked up the mountain to visit the ______ of a Vietnamese hero.
T EU VE Page 101
A. place B. shrine C. land D. site

22. They see each other ______ lunchtime and______ night only.
A. in/ in B. on/ on C. at/ at D. in/ at
23. I was ______tired that I fell asleep while watching TV.
A. such B. very C. so D. much
24. John is ______ kind boy that everyone likes him.
A. such B. so C. very D. such a
25. They have known each other______ they were at high school.
A. when B. since C. for D. while
26. I wish I ______ play the piano as well as my close friend______.
A. could/ play B. can/ plays C. could/ plays D. can play
27. What do you think our children______ when we get home?
A. do B. would do C. are doing D. were doing
28. I wish I ______ to my parents. Now it‟s too late.
A. listen B. would listen C. have listened D. had listened
29. Remember the meeting will be ______ Tuesday, ______ 9 am and 11am.
A. on/ at B. on/ from C. on / between D. at/ at
30. The sun ______ when we started our trip to the village.
A. shines B. shone C. was shining D. had shone
31. Jack knows his lesson well because he______ it.
A. studies B. studied C. has studied D. had studied
32. If only he ______ me the truth, I didn‟t treat her badly.
A. told B. had told C. tells D. would tell
33. It‟s time you ______ to study harder to pass the final exam.
A. to try B. tried C. try D. will try
34. It was ______ that we went for a walk in the mountain.
A. so nice day B. such nice day C. so a nice day D. such a nice day
35. Hurry up! It‟s time we______ for home.
A. leave B. to leave C. leaving D. left
36. We plan to go fishing tomorrow. We hope the weather ______ fine.
A. is B. will be C. would be D. were
37. Did she ______ to the same school with you? - Yes, but we were not in the same class.
A. used to go B. used to going C. use to go D. use going
38. I sometimes dream ______ having enough time and money to have a long holiday.
A. with B. by C. of D. about
39. Computers are wonderful recent achievements______ out time.
A. at B. on C. for D. in
40. Since I______, I‟ve made a lot of friends in the new school.
A. come B. came C. coming D. had come
41. After the gas explosion, cars and trucks were stopped and ______.
A. kept B. searched C. fined D. watched
42. It‟s high time we______ our house. It looks so old.
A. repaint B. to repaint C. repainting D. repainted
43. My uncle is a heavy smoker. He gets ______ a lot.
A. used to smoke B. used to smoking C. use to smoke D. use to smoking
T EU VE Page 102
44. Be careful! The floor______.

A. has just been polished B. just has been polished
C. has just polished D. just polished
45. He hopes that he______ a pop singer in the future.
A. is B were C. will be D. would be
46. Jones tried to use chopsticks but he can‟t. He isn‟t used to use them.
A B C D
47. He is one of the most boring people I ever meet. He never says anything interesting.
A B C D
48. Ann is going to America next month. She hasn‟t never been there before.
A B C D
49. I wasn‟t able to understand French so I didn‟t know what he said. If only he spoke English.
A B C D
50. She is a foreigner because she needs a visa to stay in this country.
A B C D
51. Tom is good at math. He is fond of attend a higher mathematics course.
A B C D
52. After living in England for a year, Long finally gets used to drive on the left.
A B C D
53. Summer is coming. We are looking forward to spend our free time relaxing in the sun.
A B C D
54. I wish I didn‟t tell him the truth. He looks so worried now.
A B C D
55. It‟s really cold and miserable here in the winter. I hope we would live in a warmer place next year.
A B C D
LUCKY SURVIVORS
A couple from Miami, Bill and Simon Butler, (56) ______ sixty-six days in a life-raft in the sea of central
America after their yacht sank. They survived in very good (57) ______.
Twenty-one days after they left Panama in their yacht, they met some whales. “ They started to hit the side
of the boat”, said Bill, “and then (58) ______ we heard water.”
Two minutes (59) ______ , the yacht was sinking. They jumped into the life-raft and watched the boat go
(60) ______ the water. For twenty days they had (61) ______ of food, biscuits, and bottle of water. They also
had a fishing-line and a machine to make salt water into drinking water, two things which (62) ______ their
lives. They caught eight to ten fish a day and ate them raw. Then the line broke. “ So we had no more fish
…58…something very strange happened. Some sharks came to feed and the fish under the raft were afraid and
came to the surface. I caught them with my hands.”
About twenty ships (63) ______ them, but no one saw them. After fifty days at sea their life-raft was
beginning to break up. Then suddenly it was all over. A fishing brat saw them and (64) ______ them(65)
______ . Their two months at sea was over.
56. A. took up B. went C. spent D. occupied
57. A. condition B. way C. manner D. state
58. A. occasionally B. suddenly C. quickly D. clearly
59. A. later B. after C. soon D. passing
T EU VE Page 103
60. A. in B. down C. under D. below

61. A. containers B. tins C. boxes D. packages
62. A. rescued B. helped C. maintained D. saved
63. A. until B. when C. as D. that
64. A. went round B. moved near C. traveled D. passed
65. A. took / on B. pull / on C. picked / up D. moved / up
66. “If only I‟d learnt to drive”, Carl said.
A. Carl thinks there are too many drivers on the roads. B. Carl is glad he learnt to drive.
C. Carl wishes he could drive. D. Carl is sorry that he ever learnt to drive.
67. He didn‟t write a single card.
A. He wrote only one card. B. He didn‟t write even one card.
C. He wrote just a single card. D. He wrote all the cards except one.
68. His father gave him a new bike on his birthday.
A. He bought a new bike on his birthday.
B. His father lent him a new bike on his birthday.
C. His father gave him a new bike as a birthday present.
D. He got a new bike for his father on his birthday.
69. “Let‟s go to the jazz concert at the Diamond” he said.
A. He suggested going to the jazz concert. B. He asked to go to the jazz concert.
C. He wanted us to go to the jazz concert. D. He invited us to go to the jazz concert.
70. Alice and Mary are looking for a part time job in the summer.
A. Alice wants a job and Mary are doing a part time job.
B. Both Alice and Mary are doing a part time job.
C. Alice finds a summer part =time job for Mary.
D. Alice is looking for a part =time job and so is Mary.
ANSWER KEY: TEST 1

1. B 2. D 3. C 4. B 5. D 6. A 7. B 8. C 9. D 10. A
11. C 12. D 13. A 14. D 15. C 16. B 17. D 18. A 19. C 20. D
21. B 22. C 23. C 24. D 25. B 26. C 27. C 28. D 29. C 30. C
31. C 32. B 33. B 34. D 35. D 36. B 37. C 38. C 39. D 40. B
41. B 42. B 43. B 44. A 45. C
46. D => using 47. B => have ever met
48. C => hasn‟t been 49. D => had spoken
50. B => so 51. C => attending
52. C => driving 53. C => spending
54. A => hadn‟t told 55. C => will
56. C 57. A 58. B 59. A 60. B
61. B 62. D 63. A 64. D 65. C
66. C 67. B 68. C 69. A 70. D
UNIT: 3 A TRIP TO THE COUNTRYSIDE

UNIT: 3 TEST 2
T EU VE Page 104

1. A. dear B. fear C. hear D. heart
2. A. stupid B. studio C. study D. student
3. A. brother B. thick C. they D. that
4. A. line B. fine C. site D. fit
5. A. houses B. faces C. horses D. places
II. Choose the word in each line has different stress pattern.
6. A. promise B. forget C. defrost D. receive
7. A. dangerous B. opposite C. interested D. umbrella
8. A. happy B. early C. allowed D. injured
9. A. important B. chemical C. director D. completely
10. A. marvelous B. impatient C. relation D. destructive
11. To reach the village we have to cross a small bamboo ______.
A. bush B. shrub C. forest D. forestry
12. There are some cottages at the______of the mountain. It is very peaceful there.
A. leg B. feet C. shin D. foot
13. Nam, a student from Ho Chi Minh city, is ______student in the USA.
A. a change B. an exchange C. to change D. to exchange
14. He is now living with the Brown family on a ______outside Columbus, Ohio.
A. river B. farm C. field D. site
15. Mr. Brown does farming work, while Mrs. Brown works at a grocery store in a ______town.
A. near B. nearly C. nearby D, nearside
16. Every day when Nam finishes his homework, he ______the chickens.
A. foods B. nurses C. feeds D. gets food
17. After that, he ______the chicken‟s eggs.
A. picks B. takes C. has D. collects
18. On weekends, if Mr. Brown is ______, Nam and his sons help him on the farm.
A. busy B. free C. available D. occupying
19. The family usually ______on Saturday afternoon. They don‟t work.
T EU VE Page 105
A. be free B. not work C. relaxes D. enjoys

20. Nam likes the Brown because they are very______ .
A. nice B. cold C. warm D. friends
21. The Browns are so nice that he enjoys being a ______of their family.
A. part B. section C. member D. boy
22. It was ______expensive car that he couldn‟t afford to buy it.
A. so B. very C. such a D. such an
23. I didn‟t have time to study ______I failed the exam.
A. since B. because C. so D. so that
24. They first met ______they were at high school.
A. since B. when C. while D. for
25. I find this math problem difficult. If only brother ______here to help me.
A. is b. were C. be D. being
26. I would rather you ______the problem by yourself.
A. solve B. solving C. to solve D. solved
27. I know Jane. I first met her ______Christmas______1990.
A. in/ in B. at/ in C. at/ at D. on/ in
28. Mr. Brown is a farmer. He‟s used to ______farming work.
A. do B. to be doing C. doing D. have done
29. He was lazy______he was dismissed. Now he‟s out of work.
A. because B. since C. so D. as
30. The play was disappointing ______it was badly acted and too long.
A. so B. such C. because D. so that
31. I wish I ______wings like birds so that I ______fly from place to place.
A. have/ can B. had/ can C. have/ could D. had/ could
32. I wish I ______to the movies with you last night.
A. went B. go C. have gone D. had gone
33. Father is repairing the roof ______ the rain won‟t come in.
A. so B. that C. so that D. because
34. The house was quiet when I ______ home. Everybody ______to bed.
T EU VE Page 106
A. got / had gone B. get/ had gone C. got/ when D. was getting/ went
35. When we ______to the Town Hall, people ______calmly.
A. got/ are waiting B. got/ were waiting C. got/ waited D. get/ wait
36. It‟s time we ______ this old car and bought a new one.
A. sell B. sold C. have sold D. would sell
37. Excuse me, but you______ in my place.
A. sit B. sat C. were sitting D. are sitting
38. Tom was ill______ his mother sent for a doctor.
A. but B. and C. so D. for
39. We______ the exercises in our classroom when the fire alarm ______.
A. are doing/ rang B. were doing/ rang C. were doing/ ring D. were doing/ was ringing
40. She wishes she ______him the bad news yesterday.
A. didn‟t tell B. doesn‟t tell C. hadn‟t told D. wouldn‟t tell
41. It‟s time you ______up smoking because you are in bath health.
A. give B. gave C. has given D. would give
42. ______hearing those air planes over your house every day.
A. Are you use to B. Are you used for C. Are you accustom to D. Are you accustomed to
43. American women nowadays ______being independent.
A. are used to B. aren‟t used to C. used to D. not use to
44. If only I ______for that job, I might be a typist now.
A. apply B. applied C. had applied D. have applied
45. They arrive ______Tan Son Nhat Airport ______3 o‟clock in the afternoon.
A. at / at B. in / in C. in / at D. at / in
46. The fruit was so rotten that it had to throw away.
A B C D
47. Mrs. Brown used to jogging during the summer months but now it often rains so she stops jogging.
A B C D
48. The film we saw last night was so bad that we wish we didn‟t go to see it.
A B C D
T EU VE Page 107
49. The doctors know that it would be difficult to save the life of the patient but they‟ll do their best.
A B C D
50. I‟ll go to the school to collect the children. They are used to be picked up after school every day.
A B C D
51. My father wishes that he doesn‟t have to retire at the age of sixty.
A B C D
52. I hate Mondays! If only I don‟t have to go to school on Mondays.
A B C D
53. I wish I can earn more money and work less time. But, of course I can‟t.
A B C D
54. I don‟t believe it. It‟s three in the morning and the party still doesn‟t finish.
A B C D
55. The world‟s first computer built at the university of Pennsylvania in 1946.
A B C D
A TRIP TO FRANCE
Paul had a very exciting summer holiday this year. His French pen-friend invited him to visit her family in
the south of France. Paul (56) ______ by plane from London to Paris. Marie, his French friend, (57) ______
him in Paris and together they took a train from Paris to Marseilles. Marseilles is the (58) ______ where Marie‟s
family lives. It is a very large port. A lot of people live in Marseilles and (59) ______ are many interesting
shops and cafes there. Paul started French at school two years ago and he spoke French all the time with Marie
and her family (60) ______ it was very difficult for him but soon it became(61) ______ easier. One day Marie
and her parents (62) ______ Paul for a picnic in the mountains. They climbed a big hill . From the top of the
hill, they had a wonderful (63) ______ In the (64) ______ they could see the sea. Paul was very sad when it was
time to go back to London and school. He is already looking (65) ______ to next summer when Marie is going
to spend her holidays with his family in England.
56. A. got B. moved c. went D. transferred
57. A. met B. saw C. took D. greeted
58. A. country B. town C. capital D. village
59. A. they B. those C. these D. there
T EU VE Page 108
60. A. At first B. At beginning C. At starting D. At first time

61. A. much B. so C. too D. extremely
62. A. brought B. took C. carried D. got
63. A. view B. sight C. scene D. scenery
64. A. space B. air c. distance D. way
65. A. through B. forward C. on D. out
66. They were all very sad after knowing the result.
A. Neither of them are happy. B. Some of them weren‟t happy.
C. None of them were happy. D. Some of them were happy.
67. They discussed contract terms at lunchtime.
A. They had lunch and then discussed contract terms.
B. They discussed contract terms after lunch.
C. They didn‟t have lunch but they discussed contract terms.
D. They discussed contract terms while having lunch.
68. He was furious and went away without saying a word.
A. He was very angry nad left, saying nothing.
B. He was so sad that he went away, didn‟t say a word.
C. He was extremely shocked so he left without saying a word.
D. He was so sad and shocked that he couldn‟t say a word.
69. Right after the car crash, the drivers were both taken to hospital.
A. All the drivers and two cars were taken to the hospital.
B. There was a car accident and the drivers went to hospital.
C. The car and the driver were taken to hospital after the crash
D. Two drivers were taken to hospital after the car crash.
70 “Wo l yo like o go o he inem omo ow?”, he s i
A. He invited me to go to the cinema the following day.
B. He wanted me to go to the cinema tomorrow.
C. He told me to go to the cinema tomorrow.
D. He asked me whether I like to go to the cinema tomorrow?
T EU VE Page 109
key
1. D 2. C 3. B 4. D 5. A 6.A 7. D 8. C 9. B 10. A
11. C 12. D 13. B 14. B 15. C 16. C 17. D 18. A 19. C 20. A
21. C 22. D 23. C 24. B 25. B 26. D 27. B 28. C 29. C 30. C
31. D 32. D 33. C 34. A 35. B 36. B 37. D 38. C 39. B 40. C
41. B 42. D 43. A 44. C 45. A
46. C => had to be thrown 47. A => jog
48. D => hadn‟t gone 49. A => will be
50. C =>being picked 51. A => didn‟
52. A => didn‟t 53. A => could
54. D => hasn‟t finished 55. B => was built
56. C 57. A 58. B 59. D 60. A
61. A 62. B 63. A 64. C 65. B
66. B 67. D 68. A 69. D 70. A
………………………………………………………………………………………………
UNIT 4: LEARNING A FOREIGN LANGUAGE
HỌC NGOẠI NGỮ
VOCABULARY
- learn by heart / /lɜːn - baɪ - /hɑːt/: học thuộc lòng
- as + adj / adv + as possible /ˈpɒsəbl/ : càng … càng tốt
Ex: You come as soon as possible.
- quite /kwaɪt/ (adv) = very, completely:rất
- examine /ɪɡˈzæmɪn/ (v): tra hỏi, xem xét
+ examiner (n): giám khảo
+ examination /ɪɡˌzæmɪˈneɪʃn/ (n): kỳ thi
- go on : tiếp tục
- aspect /ˈæspekt/(n): khía cạnh
- in the end = finally, at last : cuối cùng
- exactly /ɪɡˈzæktli/ (adv): chính xác
- passage (n)/ˈpæsɪdʒ/ : đoạn văn
- attend /əˈtend/ (v): theo học, tham dự
+ attendance /əˈtendəns/ (n) sự tham dự
T EU VE Page 110
+ attendant /əˈtendənt/ (n) ngƣời tham dự

- course /kɔːs/ (n): khóa học
- written examination /ˈrɪtn/: kỳ thi viết
- oral examination /ˈɔːrəl/: kỳ thi nói
- candidate /ˈkændɪdət/ hoặc /ˈkændɪdeɪt/ (n): thí sinh, ứng cử viên
- award /əˈwɔːd/ (v, n): thƣởng, phần thƣởng
- scholarship/ˈskɒləʃɪp/ (n) : học bổng
- dormitory /ˈdɔːmətri/ (n): ký túc xá
- campus /ˈkæmpəs/ (n) : khuôn viên trƣờng
- reputation /ˌrepjuˈteɪʃn/ (n) : danh tiếng
- experience /ɪkˈspɪəriəns/ (n, v): kinh nghiệm, trải qua
- culture /ˈkʌltʃə(r)/ (n): văn hóa
+ cultural /ˈkʌltʃərəl/ (a): thuộc về văn hóa
- close to: gần
- scenery /ˈsiːnəri/ (n) : phong cảnh, cảnh vật
- nation /ˈneɪʃn/ (n) : quốc gia, đất nƣớc
+ national /ˈnæʃnəl/ (a): thuộc về quốc gia
+ national bank ngân hàng nhà nƣớc
GRAMMAR
CÂU GIÁN TIẾP (REPORTED SPEECH)
* PHẦN I: LÝ THUYẾT
A. Câu trực tiếp và câu gián tiếp (Direct and Reported speech):
Giống: Luôn có 2 phần: mệnh đề tường thuật và lời nói trực tiếp hay lời nói gián tiếp
Eg: Tom says, “I go to college next summer”
MĐTT Lời nói trực tiếp
Tom says (that) he goes to college next summer
MĐTT Lời nói gián tiếp
Khác:
a. Direct speech: Là lời nói đƣợc thuật lại đúng nguyên văn của ngƣời nói. Đƣợc viết giữa dấu trích hay ngoặc
kẫp và ngăn cách với mệnh đề tƣờng thuật bởi dấu phẩy
eg: John said, “I like e ing s ien e books”
The teacher said, “I’ll gi e yo es omo ow”
b. Reported speech / Indirect speech: Là lời nói đƣợc thuật lại với ý và từ của ngƣời thuật, nhƣng vẫn giữ
nguyên ý. Không bị ngăn cách bởi dấu phẩy hay dấu ngoặc kẫp, và luôn tận cùng bằng dấu chấm câu.
Eg: John said (that) he liked reading science books
The teacher said (that) he would give us a test the next day
B/ Các thay đổi trong câu gián tiếp

1 Th y i ộng ừ ường h ậ : Động từ tƣờng thuật của lời nói trực tiếp phải đƣợc đổi phù hợp với nghĩa
hoặc cấu trúc câu của lời nói gián tiếp
Eg: He said, “Do you like coffee?”  He asked me if I liked coffee
“If I were you, I‟d not buy that coat,” said Mary  Mary advised me not to buy the coat
Chú ý: SAY TO: không bao giờ đƣợc dùng ở lời nói gián tiếp. (phải đổi bằng TELL + (O))
TELL: không bao giờ đƣợc dùng ở lời nói trực tiếp.
2 Th y i ng i ( i ừ, nh ừ, i ừ sở hữ ):
T EU VE Page 111
VD: Mr Nam said to Hoa, “You take your book out and show it to me”
- Tình huống 1: Một ngƣời bạn của Hoa tƣờng thuật với ngƣời bạn khác: Mr Nam told Hoa that she took her
book out and showed it to him.
- Tình huống 2: Hoa tƣờng thuật với một ngƣời bạn khác: Mr Nam told me that I took my book out and showed
it to him
- Tình huống 3: Thầy Nam tƣờng thuật với ngƣời khác: I told Hoa that she took her book out and showed it to
me
3 Th y i hời gi n, ị iểm, ừ h ịnh
Từ h hời gi n
Câu trực tiếp Câu gián tiếp
- now  then, at that time, at once, immediately
- an hour ago  an hour before/an hour earlier
- today  that day
- tonight  that night
- yesterday  the day before/the previous day
- tomorrow  the next day/the following day
- Yesterday morning/ afternoon  the previous morning/ afternoon
- Tomorrow morning  the next/following morning
- the day before yesterday  two days before
- the day after tomorrow  (in) two days‟ time
- last year  the year before/the previous year
- next month  the month after/the following month
b Từ h nơi hốn, ị iểm:
HERE  THERE: Khi chỉ một địa điểm xác định
Eg: “Do you put the pen here?” he said  He asked me if I put the pen there
HERE cụm từ thích hợp tùy theo nghĩa:
Eg: She said to me, “You sit here”  She told me to sit next to her.
“Come here, John,” he said  He told John to come over him.
C i ừ h ịnh:
THIS/ THESE + từ chỉ thời gian  THAT/THOSE
Eg: “They‟re coming this evening,” he said.  He said (that) they were coming that evening
THIS/THESE + danh từ  THE
Eg: “Is this book yours?” said Mary  Mary asked me if the book was mine
THIS/THESE: chỉ thị đại từ  IT/ THEM
Eg: He said, “I like this”  He said (that) he liked it
Ann said to Tom, “Please take these into my room”  Ann asked Tom to take them into her room
4 Th y i hì ủ ộng ừ
 Các trƣờng hợp thay đổi thì:
Khi các động từ tƣờng thuật (say, tell, ask…) ở thì quá khứ, động từ trong câu gián tiếp phải lùi về quá khứ một
thì so với câu trực tiếp.
Câu trực tiếp Câu gián tiếp
Simple Present: “I don‟t know this man” Simple Past: He said he didn‟t know that man
Present Continuous: “I‟m working for a Past Continuous: He said he was working for a foreign
foreign company” company
Present Perfect: “I‟ve read a good book” Past Perfect: He said he had read a good book
T EU VE Page 112
Present Perfect Continuous: “I have been Past Perfect Continuous: He said he had been writing
writing my report”. his report
Simple Past: “I finished my assignment” Past Perfect: He said he had finished his assignment
Simple Future: “I will do it later” Future in the past: He said he would do it later.
Modal Verbs: Past forms of modals:
“I can work late today” He said he could work late that day
“I may see her tonight” He said he might see her that night
“I must/have to go now” He said he had to go then
 Các trƣờng hợp không thay đổi thì:

a. Khi động từ tƣờng thuật (say, tell, ask…) ở thì hiện tại đơn, tƣơng lai đơn hay hiện tại hoàn thành:
Eg: He says, “I don‟t know the answer to your question”
 He says to me that he doesn‟t know the answer to my question
They‟ll say, “We‟ll buy a new house”  They‟ll say (that) they will buy a new house
b. Khi động từ tƣờng thuật (say, tell, ask…) ở thì quá khứ, động từ trong câu gián tiếp không đổi thì
trong các trƣờng hợp sau:
- Tường thuật một sự thật hiển nhiên, một chân lý, định luật khoa học hay vật lý:
Eg: My teacher said, “Russia is the biggest country in the world”
 My teacher said that Russia is the biggest country in the world
He said, “health is more precious than gold”  He said (that) health is more precious than gold
- Được tường thuật ngay sau khi nói hay khi thuật lại sự kiện vẫn không đổi:
Eg: (In class): A: What did the teacher say?
B: He said (that) he wants us to do our homework
- Khi động từ trong câu trực tiếp là các động từ như: USED TO, hay các động từ khiếm khuyết: COULD,
WOULD, SHOULD, MIGHT, OUGHT TO, HAD TO, HAD BETTER
Eg: He said, “They might win the game”  He said to me that they might win the game.
- Với MUST diễn tả lời khuyên:
Eg: “This book is very useful. You must read it”, Tom said to me.
 Tom told me (that) the book was very useful and I must read it.
- Khi động từ trong câu trực tiếp ở các thì: Past Continuous, Past perfect, Past Perfect Continuous, (nếu thì
Simple Past đi kèm một thời gian cụ thể có thể không thay đổi thì).
Eg: He said, “I was eating when he called me”  He told me he was eating when she called him.
- Khi tường thuật mệnh đề ước muốn (wish): theo sau động từ WISH, WOULD RATHER, IF ONLY
Eg: He said, “I wish I were richer”  He told me he wished he were richer
She said, “I wish I had a good memory” She said she wished she had a good memory
- Các câu điều kiện loại 2, 3 (câu điều kiện không thật)
Eg: He said, “If I had time, I would help you”  He said to me if he had time, he would help me
- Cấu trúc “It’s (high) time…”
Eg: He said, “It‟s time we went”  He said it was time they went.
He said, “It‟s time we changed our way of working”  He said (that) it was time they changed their way of
working.
C/ Các loại câu gián tiếp
1. Tƣờng thuật câu trần thuật (statements)
- Dùng say hoặc tell để tƣờng thuật
T EU VE Page 113
- Thƣờng bắt đầu bằng: He said that…. / she said to me that…/ they told me that….,
eg: She said, “I‟m happy to see you again”
 She said that she was happy to see me again
She said to me that she was happy to see me again
She told me that she was happy to see me again
- Chú ý đổi thì, các đại từ, các từ chỉ thời gian, địa điểm…
2. Tƣờng thuật câu hỏi (questions)

Đối i hỏi ự i p (Wh-question)
- Thƣờng bắt đầu bằng: He asked (me) …/ He wanted to know…/ She wondered….
Eg: She asked, “What is his job?”  She asked what his job was.
They asked me, “Where did you have lunch?”  They asked me where I had lunch.
- Không đặt trợ động từ trƣớc chủ ngữ nhƣ trong câu hỏi trực tiếp.
- Không đặt dấu chấm hỏi cuối câu.
- Thay đổi thì, đại từ, các từ chỉ thời gian, địa điểm…
b Đối i hỏi “Yes – No” hoặ hỏi lự họn “O ”
- Phải thêm từ “if/whether” để mở đầu câu tƣờng thuật
eg: She asked, “are you a teacher?”  She asked him if/whether he was a teacher
They asked me, “Do you want to go or stay at home?”  They asked me if/ whether I wanted to go or stay
at home.
- Câu hỏi đuôi đƣợc tƣờng thuật giống câu hỏi Yes/No nhƣng bỏ phần đuôi phía sau
eg: She asked, “You will stay here, won‟t you?”  She asked me if/whether I would stay there.
3. Câu tƣờng thuật với “infinitive”:

Tường thuật câu mệnh lệnh, yêu c u (Imperatives / Commands or Requests) dùng cấu trúc: tell/ ask/
request/ order somebody (not) to do something
Eg: “Read carefully before signing the contract,” he said.  He told me to read carefully before signing the
contract)
“The commander said to his soldier, "Shoot!"  The commander ordered his soldier to shoot.
“Please talk slightly,” they said.  They requested us to talk slightly.
“Listen to me, please”  He asked me to listen to him.
“Will you help me, please?”  He asked me to help him.
“Will you lend me your dictionary?”  He asked me to lend him my dictionary.
b Tường thuật lời khuyên (Advice) dùng cấu trúc: advise somebody (not) to do something
Lời khuyên: - Had better, ought to, should, must
- Why don‟t you + V?
- If I were you, I‟d (not) + V…
Eg: “Why don‟t you take a course in computer?” my teacher said to me.
 My teacher advised me to take a course in computer.
Tường thuật lời mời (Invitation) dùng cấu trúc: invite somebody to do something
Eg: “Would you like to have breakfast with me?” Tom said to me.  Tom invited me to have breakfast with him.
Tường thuật lời cảnh báo (warn) dùng cấu trúc: warn somebody (not) to do something
“Don‟t touch the red buttons,” said the mom to the child.  The mom warns the child not to touch the red
buttons
T EU VE Page 114
e Tường thuật lời nhắc nhở (reminders) dùng cấu trúc: remind somebody to do something
“Don‟t forget to turn off the lights before leaving,” Sue told me  Sue reminded me to turn off the lights before
leaving
f Tường thuật lời ộng viên (encouragement) dùng cấu trúc: encourage / urge somebody to do something
“Go on, take part in the competition,” said my father  My father encouraged me to take part in the competition
g Tường thuật lời cấu khẩn dùng cấu trúc: beg/implore somebody to do something
“Do me a favor, please,” said the servant to his master  The servant begged/implored his master to do him a
favor.
h Tường thuật lời nghị, tự nguyện (offers) dùng cấu trúc: offer to do something
Lời đề nghị: - Shall I + V
- Would you like me + to V
- Let me + V
Eg: Mary said to Ann, “Shall I get you a glass of orange juice?”  Mary offered to get Anna a glass of orange
juice.
“Shall I bring you some tea?” He asked  He offered to bring me some tea
i Tường thuật lời hứa (Promises) dùng cấu trúc: promise (not) to do something
Eg: “I‟ll give the book back to you tomorrow,” he said  He promised to give the book back to me the next day.
j Tường thuật lời e ọa (threat) dùng cấu trúc: threaten to do something.
“I‟ll shot if you move,” said the robber  The robber threatened to shoot if I moved
4. Câu tƣờng thuật với “gerund”
Các cấu trúc của câu tƣờng thuật với danh động từ:
S + V + V-ing: admit, deny, suggest…
S + V + preposition + V-ing: apologize for, complain about, confess to, insist on, object to, dream of, think of…
S + V + O + preposition + V-ing: accuse.. of, blame…for, congratulate…on, criticize…for,
warn…about/against, praise…for, thank…for, prevent…from…
Eg: “I‟ve always wanted to study abroad,” he said.  He‟s dreaming of studying abroad.
“It‟s nice of you to give me some fruit. Thanks,” Ann said to Mary Ann thanked Mary for giving her some fruit
“I‟m sorry, I‟m late,” Tom said to the teacher.  Tom apologized to the teacher for being late
“Shall we meet at the theater?” he asked  He suggested meeting at the theater.
5. Câu cảm thán trong lời nói gián tiếp
What a lovely dress!  She exclaimed that the dress was lovely.
She exclaimed that the dress was a lovely one.
She exclaimed with admiration at the sight of the dress.
6. Các hình thức hỗn hợp trong lời nói gián tiếp
She said, “Can you play the piano?” and I said “no”
 She asked me if I could play the piano and I said that I could not
* PHẦN II: BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG

A. Choose the correct answer among A, B C or D.
1. “I wish.............. eat vegetables”, he said.
A. my children will B. my children would C. whether my children would D. my children must
2. He wants to know whether I_____________ back tomorrow.
A. come B. came C. will come D. would come
T EU VE Page 115
3. I wonder why he______________ love his family.

A. doesn‟t B. don‟t C. didn‟t D. hasn‟t
4. He begged them --------------.
A. help him B. should help him C. to help him D. help to him
5. Peter asked Jane why -------------- the film on T. V the previous night.
A. didn‟t she watch B. hadn‟t she watched C. she doesn‟t watch D. she hadn‟t watched
6. He advised them -------------- in class.
A. to not talk B. not to talk C. to talk not D. don‟t talk
7. Some one was wondering if the taxi -------------- yet.
A. had arrived B. arrived C. arrives D. has arrived
8. The government has announced that taxes --------------.
A. would be raised B. had been raised C. were raised D. will be raised
9. He proved that the earth -------------- round the Sun.
A. had gone B. was going C. goes D. would go
10. Claire wanted to know what time --------------.
A. do the banks close B. the banks closed
C. did the banks close D. the banks would close
11. Julia said that she ___________ there at noon.
A. is going to be B. was going to be C. will be D. can be
12. He _______ that he was leaving that afternoon.
A. told me B. told to me C. said me D. says to me
13. She said to me that she __________ to me the Sunday before.
A. wrote B. had written C. was writing D. has written
14. Nam wanted to know what time ________.
A. does the movie begin B. did the movie begin C. the movie begins D. the movie began
15. He asked me _______ Robert and I said I did not know _______.
A. that did I know / who were he B. that I knew / who he had been
C. if I knew/ who he was D. whether I knew / who had he been
16. I asked Martha ______ to enter law school.
A. was she planning B. is she planning C. if she was planning D. are you planning
17. I wondered_______ the right thing.
A. whether I was doing B. if I am doing C. was I doing D. am I doing
18. Thu said she had been___________ the day before.
A. here B. there C. in this place D. where
19. Peter said that if he ________rich, he _________ a lot.
A. is – will travel B. were- would travel C. was – will travel C. been–would travel
20. They said that they had been driving through the desert__________.
A. the previous day B. yesterday C. the last day D. Suday previously
21. He asked the children _________too much noise.
A. not to make B. not making C. don‟t make D. if they don‟t make
22. Laura said she had worked on the assignment since _______.
A. yesterday B. two days ago C. the day before D. the next day
23. Mr Hawk told me that he would give me his answer the……….. day
A. previous B. following C. before D. last
24. John said he _________ her since they ________ school.
T EU VE Page 116
A. hasn‟t met–left B. hadn‟t met-had left C. hadn‟t met/ left D. didn‟tmeet – left
25. The woman asked __________get lunch at school.
A. can the children B. whether the children could C. if the children can D. could the children
26. She said that when she_________ to school, she saw an accident.
A. was walking B. has walked C. had been walking D. has been walking
27. He asked, “Why didn‟t she take the final exam?” - He asked why __________ the final exam.
A. she took B. did she take C. she hadn‟t taken D. she had taken
28. Peter said he__________ some good marks the semester before.
A. gets B. got C. had gotten D. have got
29. They told their parents that they___________ their best to do the test.
A. try B. will try C. are trying D. would try
30. Mary asked me where I___________ from.
A. came B. coming C. to come D. come
31. She asked me _______ my holidays _______.
A. where I spent / the previous year B. where I had spent/ the previous year
C. where I spent / last year D. where did I spend / last year
32. He asked me who____________ the editor of that book.
A. was B. were C. is D. has been
33. Jason told me that he _______ his best in the exam the _______ day.
A. had done/ following B. will do/previous C. would do/ following D. was going/
previous
34. The guest told the host that _______.
A. I must go now B. he must go now C. he had to go now D. he had to go then
B. Choose the sentence that is closest in meaning to each sentence below.

35. '' Where did you go last night''? she said to her boyfriend.
A. She asked her boyfriend where did he go last night.
B. She asked her boyfriend where he went the night before.
C. She asked her boyfriend where had he gone the night before.
D. She asked her boyfriend where he had gone the night before.
36. '' Remember to write to your aunt''. I said to Miss Linh.

A. I said to Miss Linh remember to write to her aunt.
B. I said to Miss Linh to remember to write to her aunt.
C. I told Miss Linh remember to write to her aunt.
D. I reminded Miss Linh to remember to write to her aunt.
37. '' How long have you lived in Ha Noi''? said my friend.
A. My friend asked me how long have I lived in HaNoi.
B. My friend asked me how long had I lived in HaNoi.
C. My friend asked me how long I had lived in HaNoi.
D. My friend asked me how long I have lived in HaNoi.
38. ''Close the books, please'' said our teacher.

A. Close your book said by our teacher.
T EU VE Page 117
B. Our teacher asked us close our book.

C. Our teacher said us close our book.
D. Our teacher asked us to close our book.
39. “I didn‟t break your watch” the boy said.

A The boy ol he gi l h he h n’ b oken he w h
B. The boy asked the girl that he hadn‟t broken her watch.
C. The boy told the girl that he didn‟t break her watch.
D. The boy told the girl that he hadn‟t broken your watch.
40. “Don‟t make noise because I am listening music now” he said to me.
A. He asked me not to make noise because I am listening music now.
B. He asked me not to make noise because I was listening music then.
C. He asked me not to make noise because he was listening music then.
D. He asked me to make noise because I was listening music then.
41. “I have just seen your mother this morning”. Laura said to Lewis.
A. Laura told Lewis I have just seen your mother this morning.
B. Laura told Lewis she had just seen his mother that morning.
C. Laura told Lewis she has just seen his mother that morning.
D. Laura told Lewis he had just seen her mother that morning.
42. “We are ready to come with our friends” they said.
A. They told us they are ready to come with their friends.
B. They told us they were ready to come with our friends.
C. They told us we were ready to come with our friends.
D. They told us they were ready to come with their friends.
43. “I was intending to meet you tomorrow” she said.

A. She told me she was intending to meet me tomorrow.
B. She told me she had intending to meet me the next day.
C. She told me she had been intending to meet me tomorrow.
D. She told me she had been intending to meet me the next day.
44. Mrs Smith: “ Don‟t play in front of my windows”

A. Mrs Smith told us not to play in front of her windows.
B. Mrs Smith told us not to play in front of my windows.
C. Mrs Smith told us to not play in front of her windows.
D. Mrs Smith said us not to play in front of her windows.
45. “I didn‟t witness that accident. ”

A. He denied not having witnessed that accident.
B. He denied having witnessed that accident.
C. He denied not having witnessing that accident.
D. He denied not had witnessed that accident.
T EU VE Page 118
46. “You cheated in the exam. ” The teacher said to his students
A. The teacher insisted his students on cheating in the exam.
B. The teacher prevented his students from cheating in the exam.
C. The teacher advised his students to cheat in the exam.
D. The teacher accused his students of cheating in the exam.
47. " Don't forget to give the book back to Mary," he said to me.
A. He reminded me to give the book back to Mary.
B. He reminded me to forget to give the book back to Mary.
C. He advised me to give the book back to Mary.
D. He advised me to forget to give the book back to Mary.
48. "Would you like to go to the cinema with me tonight?" he said.
A. He invited me to go to the cinema with him that night.
B. He offered me to go to the cinema with him tonight.
C. He asked me if I'd like to go to the cinema with him tonight.
D. He would like me to go to the cinema with him this night.
49. 'Remember to pick me up at 6 o'clock tomorrow afternoon," she said.
A. She told me to remember to pick her up at 6 o'clock tomorrow afternoon.
B. She reminded me to pick her up at 6 o'clock the following afternoon.
C. She reminded me to remember to pick her up at 6 o'clock the next afternoon.
D. She told me to pick her up at 6 o'clock the next day afternoon.
50. " Let's have a picnic next Saturday," Julia said.
A. Julia said that let's have a picnic the next Saturday.
B. Julia suggested having a picnic the following Saturday.
C. Julia advised how about having a picnic the next Saturday.
D. Julia told that why they didn't have a picnic next Saturday.
51. "If I were you, I'd tell him the truth," she said to me.
A. She said to me that if I were you, I'd tell him the truth.
B. She will tell him the truth if she is me.
C. She suggested to tell him the truth if she were me.
D. She advised me to tell him the truth.
52. “ Why don't you have your room repainted?" said Viet to Nam.
A. Viet suggested that Nam should have his room repainted.
B. Viet suggested having Nam's room repainted.
C. Viet asked Nam why you didn't have your room repainted.
D. Viet wanted to know why Nam doesn't have his room repainted.
53. "If I were you. Bill, I'd buy the house, " Stephen said.
A. Stephen suggested Bill to buy the house.
B. Stephen advised Bill to buy the house.
C. Stephen promised Bill that he would buy the house.
D. Stephen forced Bill to buy the house.
54. “Don‟t forget to feed the chicken twice a day. ”
A. He said don‟t forget to feed the chicken twice a day.
B. He told not to forget to feed the chicken twice a day.
C. He reminded me to feed the chicken twice a day.
D. He suggested me to feed the chicken twice a day
T EU VE Page 119
55. “Never borrow money from friends,” my father said.

A. My father told me never to borrow money from friends.
B. My father said to me never borrow money from friends.
C. My father suggested me never borrowing money from friends.
D. My father advised me not borrow money from friends
56. "Right. I'll take the brown pair, "Andrew said.
A. Andrew promised to take the brown pair.
B. Andrew wanted to take the brown pair.
C. Andrew agreed to take the brown pair.
D. Andrew asked to take the brown pair.
57. "I will ring you up after I get home. " Peter said to Mary.
A. Peter promised to give Mary a wedding ring after he got home.
B. Peter asked Mary to pay him a visit after he' got home.
C. Peter promised to visit Mary after he got home.
D. Peter promised to telephone Mary after he got home.
58. I suggested that he should paint the house light blue.
A. "Shall we painted the house light blue?" I said to him.
B. "How about to paint the house light blue?" I said to him.
C. "Let's paint the house light blue," I said to him.
D. "Why don't you paint the house light blue?" I said to him.
59. He reminded me to buy him some stamps.
A. "Don't forget to buy me some stamps," he said.
B. "Remember buying me some stamps," said he.
C. "Remind to buy me some stamps," said he.
D. "Don't deny buying me some stamps.," he said.
60. "I'll definitely return it to you tomorrow, " John said.
A. John said that he'll return it to me the next day.
B. John promised to return it to me the next day.
C. John told that he'll return it to me the next day.
D. John decided to return it to me next day.
61. "You mustn't call the police," he said to his wife.
A. He accused his wife of calling the police.
B. He warned his wife calling the police.
C. He stopped his wife from calling the police.
D. He apologized his wife for calling the police.
32. "It's me. I made your dress dirty," Jane said to Ann.
A. Jane accused Ann of making her dress dirty.
B. Ann prevented Jane from making her dress dirty.
C. Jane denied making Ann's dress dirty.
D. Jane admitted making Ann's dress dirty.
63. "Don't go near that deserted house," Tuan said to me.
A. Tuan advised me not going near that deserted house.
B. Tuan insisted me going near that deserted house.
C. Tuan warned me against going near that deserted house.
D. Tuan suggested me not to going near that deserted house.
T EU VE Page 120
64. "How beautiful the dress you have just bought is!" Peter said to Mary.
A. Peter promised to buy Mary a beautiful dress.
B. Peter said thanks to Mary for her beautiful dress.
C. Peter complimented Mary on her beautiful dress.
D. Peter asked Mary how she had just bought her beautiful dress.
C. Choose the word or phrase in each of the following sentences that needs correcting.
65. He said me if I had done my homework.
A B C D
66. They wanted to know how much could you pay for it.
A B C D
67. You promised you will go on a picnic with us the next Sunday
A B C D
68. They asked me what did happen last night, but I was unable to tell them.
A B C D
69. Ron said that he wasn‟t sure, but the storm may stop already.
A B C D
70. I asked him how far was it to the station if I went there by taxi.
A B C D
71. The shopkeeper warned the boys don‟t lean their bicycles against his windows.
A B C D
72. They asked me that I could do the shopping for them.
A B C D
73. Her mother ordered her do not go out with him the night before.
A B C D
74. The traffic warden asked me why had I parked my car there.
A B C D
75. He said that he will pick me up at 8 am the following day.

A B C D
76. She said that the books in the library would be available tomorrow
A B C D
77. He advised her thinking about that example again because it needed correcting.
A B C D
78. The receptionist said I must fill out that form before I attended the interview.
A B C D
79. Marty said a good friendship is like a diamond – valuable, beautiful and durable.
A B C D
80. The mayor apologized on having slept in an international summit and resigned afterwards.
A B C D
T EU VE Page 121
CONDITIONAL SENTENCES ( CÂU ĐIỀU KIỆN )
C i u kiện có hai mệnh : mệnh chính (main clause) và mệnh phụ (if clause). Muốn
nhấn m nh mệnh nào ta dặt nó ở u câu.
Có 3 loại câu điều kiện cơ bản sau:
1.Future possible (tương lai có thể xãy ra) còn gọi là câu điều kiện loại I
*.Form: ((công thức)
If -clause Main clause
Simple present Simple future

If + S + V / V (-s/es) , S + will / shall + V
*Chú í: - Ở mệnh đề chính có thể dùng can, may, must thay cho will, shall
- Ở mệnh đề chính có thể dung dạng mệnh lệnh.
*Ví dụ nè: If you learn hard, you will pass any examination
Lan can speak English fluently if she practices every day
Come to visit me if you have spare time.
2.Present unreal (hiện tại không thật) còn gọi là câu điều kiện loại II
* Form: ((công thức)
Simple past Future in past

If + S + V-2 / V-ed , S + would + V
(were cho tất cả các ngôi )
Chú í: - có thể dùng might, could thay cho would

VD: I would tell you the answer if I knew it myself
If she had time, she could go to the movie now.
( trên thực tế, hiện giờ cô ta bận và cô ta không đi đƣợc)
 Khi dùng câu điều kiện loại 2 này, ta phải hiểu ý trái lại.
3.Past unreal (quá khứ không thật) còn gọi là câu điều kiện loại III
* Form: ((công thức)
Past perfect Future in past

If + S + had + V-3 / V-ed , S + would have + V-3 / V-ed
Chú í: - có thể dùng might, could thay cho would tùy theo nghĩa của câu
VD: I vould have spoken to Nam if I had seen him yesterday.
T EU VE Page 122
( trên thực tế, hôm qua tôi tôi không thấy Nam và đã không có nói chuyện)
If he had tried hard last time, he could have succeeded
( trên thực tế, lần qua anh ta không cố gắng và không thành công)
 Khi dùng câu điều kiện loại 3 này, ta phải hiểu ý trái lại.
 Xem kĩ nhé: unless = if…….. not
Unless you finish your homework, I will punish you.
(nếu bạn không hoàn thành bài tập của bạn, tôi sẽ phạt bạn đấy)
PRACTISE
BÀI TẬP CÂU ĐIỀU KIỆN
Bài 1. Hoàn thành câu với từ cho sẵn
1. If we meet at 9:30, we (to have) plenty of time.
2. Lisa would find the milk if she (to look) in the fridge.
3. The zookeeper would have punished her with a fine if she (to feed) the animals.
4. If you spoke louder, your classmates (to understand) you.
5. Dan (to arrive) safe if he drove slowly.
6. You (to have) no trouble at school if you had done your homework.
7. If you (to swim) in this lake, you'll shiver from cold.
8. The door will unlock if you (to press) the green button.
9. If Mel (to ask) her teacher, he'd have answered her questions.
10. I (to call) the office if I was/were you.
Đáp án:
1. will have; 2. looked; 3. had fed; 4. would understand; 5. would arrive
6. would have had; 7. swim; 8. press; 9. had asked; 10. would call
Bài 2. Hoàn thành câu với từ cho sẵn
1.If it (to be) warmer, we (to go) swimming.
2. My parents (to buy) this house if the man (not/to sell) it to someone else.
3. If he (not/to fail) his driving test, his parents (to lend) him their car.
4. If my uncle (to tell) me the way to his office, I (not/to arrive) so late.
5. She (to be) at the airport if she (to read) the message carefully.
6. Lucy (not/to hurt) her foot if she (not/to drop) the old box on it.
7. If you (to use) a sharp knife, you (not/to cut) yourself.
8. If Victoria (to celebrate) her birthday at home, I (to bring) her some flowers.
9. We (to take) the train to Edinburgh if it (to run) on time.
10. If Max (not/to forget) his schoolbag, he (to give) you your USB flash drive.
Đáp án
1. If it had been warmer, we would have gone swimming.
2. My parents would have bought this house if the man had not sold it to someone else.
3. If he had not failed his driving test, his parents would have lent him their car.
4. If my uncle had told me the way to his office, I would not have arrived so late.
5. She would have been at the airport if she had read the message carefully.
6. Lucy would not have hurt her foot if she had not dropped the old box on it.
7. If you had used a sharp knife, you would not have cut yourself.
8. If Victoria had celebrated her birthday at home, I would have brought her some flowers.
9. We would have taken the train to Edinburgh if it had run on time
10. If Max had not forgotten his schoolbag, he would have given you your USB flash drive.
T EU VE Page 123
Bài 3: Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc:

1. If I see him, I _____ (give) him a gift.
2. If I had a typewriter, I _____ (type) it myself.
3. If I had known that you were in hospital, I _____ (visit) you.
4. You could make better progress if you _____ (attend) class regularly.
5. If I _____ (know) his telephone number, I‟d give it to you.
6. If you _____ (arrive) ten minutes earlier, you would have got a seat.
7. If he worked more slowly, he _____ (not make) so many mistakes.
8. I shouldn‟t drink that wine if I _____ (be) you.
9. If I _____ (find) a cheap room, I will stay a fortnight.
10. A lot of people _____ (be) out of work if the factory closed down.
11. I (have) ………….. plenty of money now if I (not/spend) ………… so much yesterday.
12. If someone (give) …………….you a boat, what you (do) …………… ?
13. If you...........(press) CTRL + S, you...........(save) the file.
14. The children...........(be) happy if he...........(teach) them English.
15. If she...........(buy) a new hard disk, she...........(not/ lose) all data.
Đáp án:
3. would have
1. will give; 2. would type; 4. attended; 5. knew;
visited ;
6. had arrived; 7. wouldn't make; 8. were; 9. find; 10. would be;
11. would have/
12. gives/ what will 13. press/ save (hoặc 15. had bought/
hadn't spent (ĐK 14. would be/ taught;
you do; will save); wouldn't have lost;
hỗn hợp);
Bài 4: Bài tập chuyển sang câu điều kiện có đáp án.
1. Keep silent or you‟ll wake the baby up.
→ If you don't keep silent, you will wake the baby up.
2. Stop talking or you won‟t understand the lesson.
→ If…………………………………….....….…….
3. I don‟t know her number, so I don‟t ring her up.
→If…………………………………….....….……..
4. I don‟t know the answer, so I can‟t tell you.
→ If …………………………………………….………..
5. We got lost because we didn‟t have a map.
→ If …………………………………….……..…….……
6. Susan felt sick because she ate four cream cakes.
→……………………………………………..……
7. Without this treatment, the patient would have died.
→……………………………………….….…...
8. He lost his job because he was late every day.
→………………………………………………...……
9. Peter is fat because he eats so many chips.
→……………………………………………………...…..
10. Robert got a bad cough because he started smoking cigarettes.
T EU VE Page 124
→………………………………..…..
Đáp án tham khảo (ngoài ra còn nhiều cách viết sử dụng từ ngữ khác nhau, nhƣng nghĩa là không thay đổi)
2. If you keep talking, you won't understand the lesson.
3. If I know her number, I will ring her up.
4. If I know the answer, I will tell you.
5. If we had had a map, we wouldn't have got lost.
6. If Susan hadn't eaten four cream cakes, she wouldn't have felt sick.
7. If we hadn't had this treatment, the patient would have died.
8. If he hadn't been late every day, he wouldn't have lost his job.
9. If Peter ate less chips, he wouldn't be fat.
10. If Robert hadn't started smoking cigarettes, he wouldn't have got a bad cough.
Bài 5: Chọn đáp án đúng.
1. I would have visited you before if there _____ quite a lot of people in your house.
A. hadn't
B. hadn't been
C. wouldn't be
D. wasn't
2. If you had caught the bus, you _____ late for work.
A. wouldn't have been
B. would have been
C. wouldn‟t be
D. would be
3. If I _____, I would express my feelings.
A. were asked
B. would ask
C. had been asked
D. asked
4. If _____ as I told her, she would have succeeded.
A. she has done
B. she had done
C. she does
D. she did
5. Will you be angry if I _____ your pocket dictionary?
A. stole
B. have stolen
C. were to steal
D. steal
6. You made a mistake by telling her a lie. It _____ better if you _____ to her.
A. would have been/ hadn't lied
B. would be/ didn't lie
C. will be/ don't lie
D. would be/ hadn't lied
7. John would be taking a great risk if he _____ his money in that business.
A. would invest
B. invested
T EU VE Page 125
C. had invested
D. invests
8. She wouldn't have given them all that money if we _____ her to.
A. wouldn‟t advise
B. won't advise
C. hadn't advised
D. didn't advise
9. If the tree hadn't been so high, he _____ it up to take his kite down.
A. could have climbed
B. climb
C. is climbing
D. climbed
10. If the wall weren't so high, he _____ it up to take his ball down.
A. climbed
B. could climb
C. is climbing
D. climb
11. If I _____ her phone number, I _____ her last night
A. had known/ could have phoned
B. knew/ would have phoned
C. know/ can phone
D. knew/ could phone
12. If he ______ the truth, the police wouldn‟t arrest him.
A. tells
B. told
C. had told
D. would tell
13. If you press that button what _____?
A. would happen
B. would have happened
C. will happen
D. happen
14. She says if she _____ that the traffic lights were red she _____.
A. had realized/ would stop
B. realized/ could have stopped
C. has realized/ stopped
D. had realized/ would have stopped
15. I am very thin. I think, if I _____ smoking, I might get fat.
A. stop
B. had stopped
C. will stop
D. stopped
16. If I _____ that yesterday, I _____ them.
A. had discovered/ would inform
B. had discovered/ would have informed\
T EU VE Page 126
C. had discovered/ could inform

D. discovered/ can inform
17. If you _______ to the course regularly, they ________ a certificate last year.
A. go/ gave
B. go/ give
C. had gone/ would have given
D. went/ would give
18. I think he is not at home. If he _____ in, he ______ the phone.
A. was/ answered
B. were/ would answer
C. were/ would have answered
D. had been/ would have answered
19. If I ______ in London now, I could visit British Museum.
A. were
B. had been
C. have been
D. would be
20. If Columbus _______ money from Queen Isabella, he _______ across the Atlantic.
A. do not receive/ could not sail
B. had not received/ might not have sailed
C. did not receive/ might not have sailed
D. would not receive/ might not sail
Đáp án:
1-B 2-A 3-A 4-B 5-D 6-A 7-B 8-C 9-A 10 - B
11 - A 12 - B 13 - C 14 - D 15 - A 16 - B 17 - C 18 - B 19 - A 20 - B
Bài 6: Chọn đáp án đúng
1. If she …………… the lottery last year, She ………… rich now.
A. have won/would be
B. had won/would be
C.won/would be
D. wins/will be
2. If I …………… the homework last night, I…………… bonus today.
A. had done/would get
B. had done/would have got
C. done/would get
D. does/will get
3. If we had played this game yesterday, we…………… a lot of money now.
A. will have
B. may have
C. would have had
D. would have
4. If it ……………… last night, it would be cold today.
A. had rained
T EU VE Page 127
B. rained
C. have rained
D. was raining
5. If she …………… to me, she ……………… in trouble right now.
A. had listened/would be
B. had listened/would have be
C. had listened/would not be
D. A & B
6. If it had rained one hour ago, the streets ………… wet now.
A. would have be
B. will be
C. be
D. would be
7. If I ………………. to the beach yesterday, I would be tired today.
A. have gone
B. goes
C. had gone
D. A & B
8. If they had gone to school yesterday, they ……….. to the museum now
A. would go
B. will go
C. could go
D. A&C
9. If he had done exercise last night, he ……… soccer right now.
A. will play
B. can play
C. plays
D. could play.
10. If Nina had not gone out last week, she ……………… die now.
A. will
B. would
C. could
D. B&C
Đáp án:
1-B 2-A 3-D 4-A 5-A 6-D 7-C 8-D 9-D 10 - D
Bài 7: Điền vào chỗ trống
1. If you take my advice, you ........................ (be) happy.
2. What would you do if you ........................ (be) me?
3. If you ........................ (lend) me some books I will give them back in two weeks.
4. I ........................ (send) her a letter if I had found her address.
5. She ........................ (not/steal) the bread if she hadn't been hungry.
6. If she ........................ (come) here I will tell her about the film.
7. I will be unhappy if you ........................ (leave) me.
8. If you hadn't been so crazy you ........................ (not/buy) this expensive house.
T EU VE Page 128
9. If the sun ........................ (shine) I will go to the beach.

10. If I ........................ (win) the lottery I would leave my country.
Đáp án:
5. would not have
1. will be 2. were 3. lend 4. would have sent stolen / wouldn't have
stolen
8. would not have
6. comes 7. leave bought / wouldn't 9. shines 10. Won
have bought
Bài 8: Điền vào chỗ trống
1. ............ we ............ (have) enough time if we wanted to see the castle?
2. In case you ............ (buy) a car, will you teach me to drive?
3. If I............ (not be) in a hurry, I wouldn't have made so many mistakes.
4. She won't finish it on time if she ............ (not start) right now.
5. She ............ (get angry) if you had told her.
6. On condition that they ............(support) our product, they would get a discount.
7. Even if I ............(ask) him, he won't come.
8. Had I driven slowly, I ............(not crash)
9. It will be a disaster unless they ............ (help) us.
10. If you ............ (have) something to eat, you wouldn't have felt sick.
11. I wouldn't risk it if I ............ (be) you.
12. She would get fat if she ............ (not stop) eating.
13. The chicken wasn't good. It ............(taste) better if you had put some spices on it.
Đáp án:
1 - Would ... 5 - would have
2 - buy 3 - had not been 4 - does not start 6 - supported
have got
8 - would not
7 - ask 9 - help 10 - had had 11- were 12 - did not stop
have crashed
13 - would have
tasted
TEST 1
UNIT 4: LEARNING A FOREIGN LANGUAGE
Choose correct answers.
1. He said to me, "I must finish these works on time."

A. He said to me that I must finish these works on time.
B. He said to me that he must finish these works on time.
C. He said to me that he had to finish these works on time.
D. He said to me that I must finish those works on time.
2. She asked me, Why do you have to do this work?"
T EU VE Page 129
A. She asked me why I had to do that work?

B. She asked me why I have to do that work.
C. She asked me why I had to do that work.
D. She asked me why I had to do this work.
3. They asked him, "Shall we go to the stadium tomorrow?"
A. They ashed him if we go to the stadium the day after.
B. They ashed him if they go to the stadium the day after.
C. They ashed him if they will go to the stadium the day after.
D. They ashed him if they would go to the stadium the day after.
4. He said to me, "Do this test again, please."
A. He asked me to do this test again, please.
B. He asked me to do that test again, please
C. He asked me to do this test again.
D. He asked me to do that test again.
5. The teacher said to them, "Don't make noise in class."
A. The teacher told them not to make noise in class.
B. The teacher told them don't make noise in class.
C. The teacher told them to not make noise in class.
D. The teacher told them not making noise in class.
6. Mary said to them, "Can I borrow you some money? I want to buy this shirt."
A. Mary asked me if she could borrow me some money because she wanted to buy that shirt.
B. Mary asked me if she could borrow me some money and she wanted to buy that shirt.
C. Mary asked me if she can borrow me some money because she wantes to buy that shirt.
D. Mary asked me if she could borrow me some money because she wantes to buy that shirt.
7. We will go______a picnic next week.
A. in
B. at
C. on
D. to
8. My village is about 100 kilometers ______ the south of HCM city.
A. in
B. at
C. to
D. for
9. There is a shrine ______ the top of the mountain near my uncle's house.
A. on
B. in
C. at
D. to
10. We often go for a walk______ the weekends.
A. in
B. at
C. on
D. to
11. They will come here______ 11: 30 A.M.
T EU VE Page 130
A. in
B. at
C. on
D. to
12. She took many pictures to show the trip______her parents.
A. of
B. for
C. to
D. with
13. There is a meeting ______9 A.M and 2 P.M.
A. on
B. between
C. till
D. at
14. He was born______15th January.
A. in
B. of
C. at
D. on
15. We have lived in Hanoi______4 years.
A. in
B. since
C. for
D. at
16. She has come here______ yesterday.
A. in
B. since
C. for
D. on
17. This year the only award for the______student belong to him.
A. good
B. well
C. better
D. best
18. The restaurant has the ______ for serving some of the finest food.
A. repute
B. reputation
C. reputed
D. reputable
19. ______aspects of learning English do you find the most difficult?
A. What
B. Where
C. When
D. Why
20. We think that with our solidarity we can ______this difficulty.
T EU VE Page 131
A. overdo
B. overgo
C. overtake
D. overcome
Đáp án:
1. C 2. A 3. D 4. D 5. A 6. B 7. C 8. C 9. C 10. B
11. B 12. D 13. B 14. D 15. C 16. B 17. D 18. B 19. A 20. D
Read the following passage and fill in each blank with a suitable word from the box. Do not use the same
word more than once.
college difficult evening hard language
newspapers studies subjects teenagers useful
Every year many people in the world learn English. Some of them are young children. Others are
(1)____________. Many are adults. Some learn at school, others learn in (2)___________ classes. A few learn
English by themselves or just by hearing the (3)___________ on television or among their friends. Most people
must work (4)__________to learn English. Why do these people want to learn English? It isn't (5)__________
to answer that question. Young children learn English at school because it is one of their (6)___________.
Many adults learn English because it is (7)__________for their work. Teenagers often learn English for their
higher (8)____________ , because some of their books are in English at (9)____________ or university. Other
people learn English because they want to read (10)_____________ or magazines in English.
Đáp án:
1. teenagers 2. evening 3. language 4. hard 5. difficult
6. subjects 7. useful 8. studies 9. college 10. newspapers
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………
T EU VE Page 132
UNIT 5: THE MEDIA

[PHƢƠNG TIỆN TRUYỀN THÔNG]
Vocabulary
- media /ˈmiːdiə/ (n): phƣơng tiện truyền thông
- invent /ɪnˈvent/ (v): phát minh
+ invention /ɪnˈvenʃn/ (n) sự phát minh
+ inventor /ɪnˈventə(r)/ (n) nhà phát minh
- crier /ˈkraɪə(r)/ (n): ngƣời rao bán hàng
- latest news: tin giờ chót
- popular /ˈpɒpjələ(r)/ (a): đƣợc ƣa chuộng, phổ biến
+ popularity /ˌpɒpjuˈlærəti/ (n) tính phổ biến
- widely /ˈwaɪdli/ (adv): một cách rộng rãi
- teenager /ˈtiːneɪdʒə(r)/ (n): thanh thiếu niên
- adult /ˈædʌlt/ (n) ngƣời lớn
- thanks to: nhờ vào
- variety /vəˈraɪəti/ (n): sự khác nhau, sự đa dạng
- channel /ˈtʃænl/ (n): kênh truyền hình
- control /kənˈtrəʊl/ (v) : điều kiển, kiểm soát
- stage /steɪdʒ/ (n): giai đoạn
- develop /dɪˈveləp/ (v) phát triển
+ development /dɪˈveləpmənt/ (n): sự phát triển
- interactive /ˌɪntərˈæktɪv/ (a): tƣơng tác
- viewer /ˈvjuːə(r)/ (n): ngƣời xem
- show /ʃəʊ/ (n): buổi trình diễn
- remote /rɪˈməʊt/ (a) = far: xa
- event /ɪˈvent/ (n): sự kiện
- interact /ˌɪntərˈækt/ (v): ảnh hƣởng
+ interaction /ˌɪntərˈækʃn/ (n): sự tƣơng tác
- benefit /ˈbenɪfɪt/ (n): ích lợi
GRAMMAR
. Grammar: CÁC ĐỘNG TỪ DIỄN ĐẠT SỰ YÊU THÍCH (VERBS OF LIKING)
1. VERBS OF LIKING:
Động từ Nghĩa
Adore Yêu thích, mê mẩn
Love Yêu
Like/ enjoy/ fancy Thích
Don‟t mind Không phiền
Dislike/ don‟t like Không thích
Hate Ghét
Detest Căm ghét
2.VERBS OF LIKING + V_ING / TO V:
T EU VE Page 133
-Khi muốn dùng một động từ chỉ một hàng động khác ở sau động từ chỉ sự thích, ta phải sử dụng danh động từ
(V_ing) hoặc động từ nguyên thể co “to” (toV)
1.Verbs + V-ing/ to V
Những động từ đi với cả danh động từ và động từ nguyên thể có “to” mà không đổi về nghĩa
Verbs Verbs + V-ing Verbs +to V
Like I like skateboarding in my free time I like to skateboard in my free time
Love She loves training her dog She loves to train her dog
Hate He hates eating out He hates to eat out
Prefer My mother prefers going jogging My mother prefers to go jogging
2. Verbs + V-ing
Những động từ chỉ đi với danh động từ
Verbs Verbs + V-ing
Adore They adore eating ice-cream
Enjoy We enjoy playing basketball
Fancy Do you fancy making crafts?
Don‟t mind I don‟t mind cooking
Dislike Does he dislike swimming?
Detest I detest doing housework
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN:

Bài 1: Hoàn thành những câu sau, sử dụng dạng nguyên thể có (to)(toV) của động từ trong ngoặc:
1.Everyone likes (eat)_________ice cream.
2.Do you prefer (read)books in your freetime?
3.I hate(watch)________horror movies?
4.Many people prefer(go)______travelling on holidays.
5.My father loves(play)__________golf with his friends.
6.I prefer (not stay)__________up too late.
7. What does your sister love(do)_________in her spare time?
8.I used to prefer(hang out)_________with my friends at weekend.
9. I think not many people like(listen)________to her music.
10. Teenagers love (surf)_________the web to while away their freetime.
Bài 2: Hoàn thành những câu sau, sử dụng dạng danh động từ (V-ing) của động từ trong ngoặc:
1.My mother dislikes(prepare)_______the meals.
2.Do you enjoy(do)________DIY in your freetime?
3. I detest (have) __________a conversation with John.
4.Do you think Jane prefers(not socialise)___________with other students?
5.I don‟t mind(explain)_______the problem again.
6.Ann fancies(listen)___________to songs of her favourite singer.
7.My friend adores(spend)_______time with her cats.
T EU VE Page 134
8.I always love(try)________new things when I go travelling.

9.Mr.Smith hates(drive)_________his old car.
10.Anne prefers(not go)_________out too late.
Bài 3:Điền dạng thích hợp của động từ trong ngoặc để hoàn thành các câu sau:
1.Did you enjoy(watch)______the comedy last night?
2.Many people prefer(do)______gardening after their retirement.
3.My cat dislikes(sleep)________on the floor.
4.My father doesn‟t mind(work)______hard.
5.My cousin doesn‟t like(study)_________Math and Chemistry.
6.They dislike(talk)__________with each other.
7.Jim and Jane don‟t fancy(go)__________out tomorrow.
8.Did you hate(eat)______vegetables when you was small?
9.she didn‟t prefer(tell)________him about her plan.
10.James enjoys(have)_______dinner in a luxury restaurant.
11.I hope my mother will enjoy(spend)_______time with her grandchildren.
12.Some people enjoy(take)______a shower in the morning.
13.I think your brother won‟t mind(lend)________you a helping hand.
14.My boyfriend dislike(wait)____________.
15.What do you detest(do)__________the most?
Bài 4: Dựa vào các từ cho sẵn, viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh:
1.Peter/ prefer/ play/ computer games/ in his free time.
2.You/ hate/ do/ the washing?
3.My father/ enjoy/ play/ sports/ and/ read/ books.
4.The teacher/ not mind/ help/ you/ with difficult exercises.
5.Jane/ not fancy/ read/ science books.
6.Which kind of juice/ you/ dislike/ drink/ the most?
7. Ann/ fancy/ do /DIY/ in her free time.
8. My father/ prefer/ not eat/ out.
9.Mr.Smith/ love/ go/ shopping/ at weekend.
10.Everyone/ adore/ receive/ presents/ on their birthday.
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG NÂNG CAO
Bài 5: Đánh dấu(V) trƣớc câu đúng, đánh dấu(X) trƣớc câu sai và sửa lại cho đúng:
1.My sister doesn‟t mind to look after my cat.
2.Jim dislikes going to the library because he likes reading books.
3.I prefer to not go out today.
4.I used to like watching cartoons on TV.
5.Does Mrs.Smith enjoy to cook?
6.Mary hates doing the housework and take after her baby sister.
7. In my freetime, I love to do DIY with my sister.
T EU VE Page 135
8.Josh detests to socialise with his co-workers.

9.Which movie does he fancy to watch?
10.I prefer hanging out with friends to playing computer games.
Bài 6: Điền dạng đúng của các động từ chcho sẵn vào chỗ trống sao cho hợp lý:
socialize detest surf write
rely read adore Hang out
1.My brother likes__________the Internet looking for new music.
2.I dislike_________too much on other people. I want to be independent.
3.Josh enjoys__________with his classmates after school.
4.My sister and I fancy_______novels when we have free time.
5.He‟s very artitic. He enjoys________poems in his free time.
6.James_________talking with his neighbors because he finds them annoying.
7.My uncles loves__________with other people . he has many friends.
8.Ann__________working with children. She‟s a teacher.
Bài 7: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng:
Nowadays, leisure activities are totally different from the past. Many people no longer enjoy(1) in outdoor
activities after school. In stead, they(2)playing computer games or (3) the web in their free time. Some people
(4)too much on computer and the Internet. For example, they prefer(5) messages to having a face-to-face
conversation with friends. Even when people (6)out with their friends, they rarely talk but they use their phones
to surf web. However, many people dislike the Internet and the(7)world. They hate to waste time on the
computer and(8)other activities such as reading, shopping or sporting.
1.A.participate B.to participate C. participating D. participates
2.A.fancy B.don‟t mind C.dislike D.hate
3.A.sailing B. surfing C.swimming D.diving
4.A.play B.rely C.addict D.use
5.A.send B.to send C.to sending D. sends
6.A.play B.rely C.meet D.hang
7.A.virtual B.real C.fake D.new
8.A.dislike B.detest C.enjoy D.mind
Bài 8: Đọc doạn văn sau và điền (T-true)trƣớc câu đúng với nội dung bài đọc , điền (F-false) trƣớc câu
không đúng với nội dung bài đọc:
LEISURE ACTIVITIES IN BRITAIN
The weekends area a time for many leisure activities in Britain. British people often have to work five days a
week from Monday to Friday is the precious time for family and friends. People enjoy various indoor and
outdoor activities in Britain. According to the EU‟s statistical office, British people spend abot 45% of their free
time watching television, 24% of their free time socialising , 22-23% on sport and hobbies, and 10% on other
activities. Other popular leisure activities are listening to the radio, listening to pre-recorded music, reading,
DIY, garedning, eating out and going to the cinema.
T EU VE Page 136
The most common leisure activity in the UK is watching television. The average viewing time is 25 hours per
person per week. Almost all households have at least one television set. The second most popular activity in
Britain is visiting or entertaining friends or relations. Another popular leisure activity is gardening. The British
are known as a nation of gardeners. Most people have a garden on their property. Every town in Britain has one
or more DIY centers and garden centres. These are like supermarkets for the home and garden. These places
are very popular with British home-owners at the weekends.
_______1.People enjoy various indoor activities Britain.
_______2.British people spend more than half of their free time watching television.
_______3.The most common leisure activity in the UK is visiting or entertaining friends or relations.
_______4. All house holds have at least one television set.
_______5.British people are all gardeners.
_______6. All towns in Britain have one or more DIY centers and garden centres.
KEY
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN:
Bài 1: Hoàn thành những câu sau, sử dụng dạng nguyên thể có (to)(toV) của động từ trong ngoặc:
1.Everyone likes (eat)__TO EAT_______ice cream.
2.Do you prefer (read)____TO READ____books in your freetime?
3.I hate(watch)____TO WATCH____horror movies?
4.Many people prefer(go)__TO GO____travelling on holidays.
5.My father loves(play)____TO PLAY______golf with his friends.
6.I prefer (not stay)____NOT TO STAY______up too late.
7. What does your sister love(do)__TO DO_______in her spare time?
8.I used to prefer(hang out)___TO HANG OUT______with my friends at weekend.
9. I think not many people like(listen)__TO LISTEN______to her music.
10. Teenagers love (surf)___TO SURF______the web to while away their freetime.
Bài 2: Hoàn thành những câu sau, sử dụng dạng danh động từ (V-ing) của động từ trong ngoặc:
1.My mother dislikes(prepare)__PREPARING_____the meals.
2.Do you enjoy(do)__DOING______DIY in your freetime?
3. I detest (have) _____HAVING_____a conversation with John.
4.Do you think Jane prefers(not socialise)__NOT SOCIALISING_________with other students?
5.I don‟t mind(explain)__EXPLAINING_____the problem again.
6.Ann fancies(listen)____LISTENING_______to songs of her favourite singer.
7.My friend adores(spend)___SPENDING____time with her cats.
8.I always love(try)___TRYING_____new things when I go travelling.
9.Mr.Smith hates(drive)___DRIVING______his old car.
10.Anne prefers(not go)___NOT GOING______out too late.
Bài 3:Điền dạng thích hợp của động từ trong ngoặc để hoàn thành các câu sau:
1.Did you enjoy(watch)__WATCHING____the comedy last night?
2.Many people prefer(do)_DOING/TO DO_____gardening after their retirement.
3.My cat dislikes(sleep)___SLEEPING_____on the floor.
4.My father doesn‟t mind(work)___WORKING___hard.
5.My cousin doesn‟t like(study)___STUDYING/ TO STUDY______Math and Chemistry.
T EU VE Page 137
6.They dislike(talk)____TALKING______with each other.

7.Jim and Jane don‟t fancy(go)___GOING_______out tomorrow.
8.Did you hate(eat)__EATING/TO EAT____vegetables when you was small?
9.she didn‟t prefer(tell)___TELLING/ TO TELL_____him about her plan.
10.James enjoys(have)_HAVING______dinner in a luxury restaurant.
11.I hope my mother will enjoy(spend)___SPENDING____time with her grandchildren.
12.Some people enjoy(take)___TAKING___a shower in the morning.
13.I think your brother won‟t mind(lend)_LENDING_______you a helping hand.
14.My boyfriend dislike(wait)_____WAITING______.
15.What do you detest(do)___DOING_______the most?
Giaỉ thích:
Bài 4: Dựa vào các từ cho sẵn, viết thành câu hoàn chỉnh:
1.Peter / prefer/ play/ computer games/ in his free time.
PETER PREFERS PLAYING / TO PLAY COMPUTER GAMES IN HIS FREE TIME.
2.You/ hate/ do/ the washing?
DO YOU HATE DOING/ TO DO THE WASHING?
3.My father/ enjoy/ play/ sports/ and/ read/ books.
MY FATHER ENJOYS PLAYING SPORTS AND READING BOOKS
4.The teacher/ not mind/ help/ you/ with difficult exercises.
THE TEACHER DOESN‟T MIND HELPING YOU WITH DIFFICULT EXERCISES.
5.Jane/ not fancy/ read/ science books.
JANE DOESN‟T FANCY READING SCIENCE BOOKS.
6.Which kind of juice/ you/ dislike/ drink/ the most?
7. Ann/ fancy/ do /DIY/ in her free time.
WHICH KIND OF JUICE DO YOU DISLIKE DRINKING THE MOST?
8. My father/ prefer/ not eat/ out.
MY FATEHR PREFERS NOT EATING / NOT TO EAT OUT
9.Mr.Smith/ love/ go/ shopping/ at weekend.
MS.SMITH LOVES GOING/TO GO SHOPPING AT WEEKENDS
10.Everyone/ adore/ receive/ presents/ on their birthday.
EVERYONE ADORES RECEIVING PRESENTS ON THEIR BIRTHDAYS.
Giải thích: Viết câu ở thì hiện tại đơn để diễn tả sự yên thích, dung danh động từ(V-ing)sau những động từ chỉ
sự yêu thích nhƣ: adore, enjoy, fancy, don‟t mind, dislike, detest” dùng danh động từ(hoặc động từ nguyên thể
có “to: sau các động từ :like, love, hate, prefer”
BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG NÂNG CAO
Bài 5: Đánh dấu(V) trƣớc câu đúng, đánh dấu(X) trƣớc câu sai và sửa lại cho đúng:
1. X My sister doesn‟t mind to look after my cat.--> LOOKING(MIND-V-ING)
2. X Jim dislikes going to the library because he likes reading books. ->LIKES(SAI VỀ LOGIC)
3.X I prefer to not go out today.NOT TO GO(PHỦ ĐỊNH NOT ĐỨNG TRƢỚC TO)
4.I used to like watching cartoons on TV.
5X.Does Mrs.Smith enjoy to cook? COOKING( ENJOY-V-ING)
6.XMary hates doing the housework and take after her baby sister.--> TAKING(SAU HATE LÀ DOING RỒI
NÊN PHẢI ĐỂ DOING SONG SONG CẤU TRÚC
7. In my freetime, I love to do DIY with my sister.
8.XJosh detests to socialise with his co-workers.SOCIALISING(DETEST+VING)
T EU VE Page 138
9.XWhich movie does he fancy to watch?WATCHING (FANCY+V-ING)

10.I prefer hanging out with friends to playing computer games.
Bài 6: Điền dạng đúng của các động từ chcho sẵn vào chỗ trống sao cho hợp lý:
socialize detest surf write
rely read adore Hang out
1.My brother likes____TO SURF/ SURFING______the Internet looking for new music.
2.I dislike____RELYING_____too much on other people. I want to be independent.
3.Josh enjoys____HANING OUT______with his classmates after school.
4.My sister and I fancy___READING____novels when we have free time.
5.He‟s very artitic. He enjoys____WRITTING____poems in his free time.
6.James____DETESTS_____talking with his neighbors because he finds them annoying.
7.My uncles loves____TO SOCIALIZE/SOCIALIZING______with other people . he has many friends.
8.Ann______ADORES____working with children. She‟s a teacher.
Bài 7: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng:
Nowadays, leisure activities are totally different from the past. Many people no longer enjoy(1) in outdoor
activities after school. In stead, they(2)playing computer games or (3) the web in their free time. Some people
(4)too much on computer and the Internet. For example, they prefer(5) messages to having a face-to-face
conversation with friends. Even when people (6)out with their friends, they rarely talk but they use their phones
to surf web. However, many people dislike the Internet and the(7)world. They hate to waste time on the
computer and(8)other activities such as reading, shopping or sporting.
1.A.participate B.to participate C. participating D. participates
2.A.fancy B.don‟t mind C.dislike D.hate
3.A.sailing B. surfing C.swimming D.diving
4.A.play B.rely C.addict D.use
5.A.send B.to send C.to sending D. sends
6.A.play B.rely C.meet D.hang
7.A.virtual B.real C.fake D.new
8.A.dislike B.detest C.enjoy D.mind
Bài 8: Đọc doạn văn sau và điền (T-true)trƣớc câu đúng với nội dung bài đọc , điền (F-false) trƣớc câu
không đúng với nội dung bài đọc:
LEISURE ACTIVITIES IN BRITAIN
The weekends area a time for many leisure activities in Britain. British people often have to work five days a
week from Monday to Friday is the precious time for family and friends. People enjoy various indoor and
outdoor activities in Britain. According to the EU‟s statistical office, British people spend abot 45% of their free
time watching television, 24% of their free time socialising , 22-23% on sport and hobbies, and 10% on other
activities. Other popular leisure activities are listening to the radio, listening to pre-recorded music, reading,
DIY, garedning, eating out and going to the cinema.
The most common leisure activity in the UK is watching television. The average viewing time is 25 hours per
person per week. Almost all households have at least one television set. The second most popular activity in
Britain is visiting or entertaining friends or relations. Another popular leisure activity is gardening. The British
are known as a nation of gardeners. Most people have a garden on their property. Every town in Britain has one
or more DIY centers and garden centres. These are like supermarkets for the home and garden. These places
are very popular with British home-owners at the weekends.
___T____1.People enjoy various indoor activities Britain.
____F___2.British people spend more than half of their free time watching television.
T EU VE Page 139
_______3.The most common leisure activity in the UK is visiting or entertaining friends or relations.
___F____4. All house holds have at least one television set.
___F____5.British people are all gardeners.
____T___6. All towns in Britain have one or more DIY centers and garden centres.
CÂU HỎI ĐUÔI (TAG QUESTIONS)
1. Định nghĩa và cách dùng
Định nghĩa Câu hỏi đuôi là một câu hỏi ngắn, đƣợc thêm vào cuối câu trần thuật, đứng
đằng sau dấu phẩy.
Ví dụ:
You like mushrooms, don‟t you?
(Bạn thích nấm phải không?)
He isn‟t a doctor, is he?
(Anh ấy không phải là một bác sĩ phải không?)
It‟s a table, isn‟t it?
(Nó là một cái bàn phải không?)
Cách dùng Trong văn nói, ý nghĩa của câu hỏi đuôi tùy thuộc vào cách diễn đạt.
- Nếu xuống giọng ở câu hỏi đuôi thì có nghĩa là không thật sự đặt câu hỏi,
chỉ muốn ngƣời nghe đồng ý với mình.
- Nếu lên giọng ở câu hỏi đuôi, thì đó là câu hỏi thực sự.
2. Cách thành lập câu hỏi đuôi tƣơng ứng với các mệnh đề trần thuật
Cấu trúc Auxiliary/ To be/ Modal verb (not) + Subject
Trong đó Auxiliary(trợ động từ) nhƣ do/ dose/did, have/has
T EU VE Page 140
Động từ tobe: am/ is/ are, was/were
Modal verb (động từ khuyết thiếu) nhƣ can, could, must…
Subject (chủ ngữ) nhƣ he, she, it…
Trƣờng hợp 1 Nếu câu trần thuật là câu khẳng định, câu hỏi đuôi phải ở thể phủ định.
Hình thức phủ định thƣờng đƣợc rút gọn (not = n‟t)
Ví dụ:
- She is reading book, isn‟t she? (Cô ấy đang đọc sách, phải không?)
- Mr. Nam can speak English well, can‟t he? (Ông Nam có thể nói tiếng Anh
tốt, phải không?)
- They did the test yesterday, didn‟t they? (Họ đã làm bài kiểm tra vào hôm
qua phải không?)
- Your sister can swim, can‟t she? (Chị gái của bạn biết bơi, phải không?)
Trƣờng hợp 2 Nếu câu trần thuật là câu phủ định, câu hỏi đuôi phải ở thể khẳng định.
Ví dụ:
- Nga isn‟t a student, is she? (Nga không phải là học sinh, phải không?)
- I shouldn‟t smoke here, should I? (Tôi không nên hút thuốc ở đây, phải
không?)
- Her parents don‟t work in this company, do they? (Bố mẹ cô ấy không làm
việc ở công ty này, phải không?)
- They don‟t have to go to school, do they? (Họ không phải đi tới trƣờng
phải không?)
Chú ý Nếu trong câu trần thuật có trợ động từ hoặc động từ to be thì trợ động từ này đƣợc
lặp lại trong câu hỏi đuôi.
Ví dụ:
- She was a writer,wasn‟t she?
T EU VE Page 141
- Miss Lan will go to Ho Chi Minh next month, won‟t she?

- They didn‟t meet him last night, did they?
Nếu câu trần thuật không có trợ động từ, dùng trợ động từ tƣơng ứng với thì của
câu trần thuật nhƣ do/ dose/did, have/has…
- He lives in Hanoi city, doesn‟t he?

- You came here, didn‟t you?
- They watch TV every evening, don‟t they?
Trƣờng hợp Câu hỏi đuôi của I am là aren‟t I- nhƣng nếu là I am nôt thì vẫn dùng am I?
đặc biệt Ví dụ: I am wrong, aren‟t I? (Tôi sai, phải không?)
I‟m not wrong, am I? (Tôi không sai, phải không)
Câu trả lời đối Yes nếu đồng ý với câu trần thuật ở trên.
với dạng câu No nếu không đồng ý với ý kiến ở câu trần thuật.
hỏi đuôi
Ví dụ:
Your sister is married, isn‟t she?
Yes, she has just married./ No, of couse she isn‟t.
Tuy nhiên, cần chú ý câu trả lời Yes/No trong câu trả lời đối với câu hỏi phủ định.
Ví dụ:
You‟re not going out today, are you? (Hôm nay bạn không đi chơi phải không?)
Yes. (=Yes, I am going out) Có. (Có, tôi có đi chơi)
No. (No, I am not going out) Không. (= Không, tôi không đi chơi)
3. Các bƣớc lần lƣợt thành lập câu hỏi đuôi
Bƣớc 1: Xác định thì của mệnh đề chính.
Bƣớc 2: Xác định loại động từ có trong câu: động từ thƣờng, động từ khuyết thiếu hay động từ to be.
T EU VE Page 142
Bƣớc 3: Xác định mệnh đề chính là câu khẳng định hay phủ định.
Nếu mệnh đề chính là câu khẳng định câu hỏi đuôi là câu phủ định.
Nếu mệnh đề chính là câu phủ định câu hỏi đuôi là câu khẳng định.
Bƣớc 4: Thay đổi đại từ trong câu hỏi đuôi nếu cần.
Dƣới đây là một vài ví dụ:
Câu trần thuật phủ định, Câu trần thuật khẳng định,
câu hỏi đuôi khẳng định. câu hỏi đuôi phủ định.
You aren‟t a teacher, are you? You are a student, aren‟t you?
He isn‟t crazy, is he? He is very busy, isn‟t he?
They weren‟t late, were they? They were surprised, weren‟t they?
You don‟t speak French, do you? You speak English, don‟t you?
You haven‟t been here all week, have you? You have studied all week, haven‟t you?
You won‟t fail the exam, will you? You will pass the exam, won‟t you?
She can‟t drive a car, can she? She can speak two languages can‟t she?
We mustn‟t say anything, must we? We must be patient, mustn‟t we?
Bài 6: Điền một chủ ngữ thích hợp vào chỗ trống để hoàn thành các câu hỏi đuôi sau.
1. They are going home from school, aren‟t____________?

2. John didn‟t do the washing yesterday, did ____________?
3. We couldn‟t buy a new car, could ____________?
4. Kevin will arrive here before 4 o‟clock, won‟t ____________?
T EU VE Page 143
5. I am not good- looking, am ____________?

6. James is from England, isn‟t ____________?
7. The car isn‟t in the garage, is ____________?
8. You are Ann, aren‟t ____________?
9. His father took him to the zoo yesterday, didn‟t ____________?
10. Our neighbors have moved here, haven‟t ____________?

1. She is collecting seashells, (is/isn‟t) she?
2. We often play soccer in the afternoon, (do/don‟t) we?
3. You weren‟t recognized, (were/ weren‟t) you?
4. Your father (has/hasn‟t) cleaned your bike, hasn‟t he?
5. John and Jim (like/don‟t like) scary movies, don‟t they?
6. You (can/can‟t) win this competition, can you?
7. She is watching TV downstairs, (isn‟t/doesn‟t) she?
8. The journey to the South cost a lot of money, (doesn‟t/ didn‟t) it?
9. You won‟t lie to me, (will/do) you?
10. Josh and John have met each other, (haven‟t/don‟t) they?
11. She‟s from a small town in Thailand, (doesn‟t/isn‟t)she?
12. I am intelltgent, (amn‟t / aren‟t) I?
13. We‟re late again, (/ aren‟t) we?
14. They are going to France this summer, (aren‟t/ don‟t) they?
15. She didn‟t use to work in a hotel, (did/does) she?
16. You must obey the rule, (don‟t/mustn‟t) you?
17. They need some new clothes, (needn‟t/ don‟t) they?
18. Jim and his wife live in a tiny flat, (doesn‟t/ don‟t) they?
19. Mary studies very hard every night, (doesn‟t/ did) she?
20. This table is made wood, (isn‟t/ doesn‟t) it?
21. There are 30 students in your class, (aren‟t/ don‟t) there?
22. You shouldn‟t take in too much sugar, (do/ should) you?
T EU VE Page 144
23. David and James will be learning Japanese at this time next week, (aren‟t/ won‟t) they?
24. She doesn‟t cook very often, (do/does) she?
25. Jim hurt this leg yesterday, (doesn‟t/ didn‟t) he?
Bài 8: Điền các câu hỏi đuôi cho sẵn vào chỗ trống sao cho hợp lý.
aren‟t don‟t we is she does he will they
is she did it won‟t they wasn‟t he isn‟t she
1. Your parents will pick you up today, ____________?

2. Mary isn‟t sleeping now, ____________?
3. My cat didn‟t come home yesterday, ____________?
4. My brother was ill yesterday, ____________?
5. I am right, ____________?
6. We often go fishing in the weekend, ____________?
7. They won‟t destroy this building, ____________?
8. Jim doesn‟t like collecting stamps, ____________?
9. Your grandmother is watering flowers, ____________?
10. She isn‟t your sister, ____________?
Bài 9: Hoàn thành các câu hỏi đuôi sau đây.
1. It is your cat, ____________?

2. This umbrella is yours, ____________?
3. You won‟t leave the party early, ____________?
4. We went to a Japanese restaurant yesterday, ____________?
5. You mustn‟t press this button, ____________?
6. They haven‟t found their keys, ____________?
7. Anne and Tom often play badminton with each other, ____________?
8. Peter is listening to music upstairs, ____________?
9. The students must finish their homework, ____________?
10. It will be snowing at this time next week, ____________?
11. I can leave now, ____________?
T EU VE Page 145
12. My classmates and I will be learning English at 8 a.m, tomorrow, ____________?

13. You didn‟t attend the meeting, ____________?
14. The sheep are grazing in the fields, ____________?
15. Josh should pay attention to his health condition, ____________?
16. His father was an employee of this company ten years ago, ____________?
17. My mother doesn‟t like my untidiness, ____________?
18. James will go camping with us tomorrow, ____________?
19. Your bike is broken, ____________?
20. You were terrified by the thunder, ____________?
21. They didn‟t expect me to appear at the meeting, ____________?
22. It is important to be on time, ____________?
23. This doctor hasn‟t worked in the local hospital for 2 months, ____________?
24. We have been to New York, ____________?
25. James could win the match yesterday, ____________?
Bài 10: Đánh dấu [√] trƣớc câu đúng. Đánh dấu [X] trƣớc câu sai và sửa lại cho đúng.
_________ 1. You can afford time to come to our party, can you?
_____________________________________________________________________
_________ 2. He put sugar on my coffee, doesn‟t he?
_____________________________________________________________________
_________ 3. They won‟t let me take photos here, will?
_____________________________________________________________________
_________ 4. This song is catchy, isn‟t this?
_____________________________________________________________________
_________ 5. Your mother‟s bought you a new dress, isn‟t she?
_____________________________________________________________________
_________ 6. Someone mistook you for a famous singer, didn‟t they?
_____________________________________________________________________
T EU VE Page 146
_________ 7. Josh practices singing every day, does he?
_____________________________________________________________________
_________ 8. There isn‟t any parks near here, is there?
_____________________________________________________________________
Bài 11: Dựa vào những thông tin có trong bảng cho sẵn, sử dụng “more/less/fewer” để so sánh trƣờng
học của Jane và Peter.
Number of Jane‟s school Peter‟s school
0. Student 2 thousand 1.5 thousand
1. Building 5 4
2. Classroom 280 190
3. Classroom equipment Computer, projector, ceiling fans Computer, projector,

loudspeakers, air- con, fans
4. Student club 6 9
5. Time for self- studying 10 hours a week 8 hours a week
0. Jane‟s school has less students than Peter‟s school.

1. _____________________________________________________________________
2. _____________________________________________________________________
3. _____________________________________________________________________
4. _____________________________________________________________________
5. _____________________________________________________________________
Bài 12: Hoàn thành câu thứ hai sao cho nghĩa không đổi so với câu thứ nhất, sử dụng
“more/less/fewer”.
T EU VE Page 147
0. There are more street lights on this road than that road.
There are fewer street lights on that road than this road.
1. There were fewer criminal cases in my country 3 years ago than now.
__________________________________________________________________
2. There are more wealthy people in big cities than in the countryside.
__________________________________________________________________
3. My city has fewer slums than yours.
__________________________________________________________________
4. The standards of living in the cities shows more improvement than in the rural areas.
__________________________________________________________________
5. Old factories produce more carbon dioxide emissions than modern factories.
__________________________________________________________________
6. There are less arable land in the city than in the countryside.
__________________________________________________________________
7. Are there more health centres in my city now than ten years ago?
__________________________________________________________________
8. People in developed countries spend more money on health care and education than in the
underdeveloped countries.
__________________________________________________________________
Bài 13: Hoàn thành các câu hỏi đuôi sau:
1. No one will reveal my secrets, ____________?

2. Everyone in the room is staring at me, ____________?
3. A bridge will be built here next year, ____________?
4. There aren‟t any slums in your city, ____________?
5. Someone has eaten my cake, ____________?
T EU VE Page 148
6. The Smiths will travel back to their hometown next summer, ____________?
7. There will be more skyscrapers in our city, ____________?
8. You have been to Paris, ____________?
9. Jim should do more research on this topic, ____________?
10. In the past, rabies was an incurable disease, ____________?
11. A conference on population explosion will be held tomorrow, ____________?
12. You didn‟t use to walk to school, ____________?
13. Your pets are fed by your mom everyday, ____________?
14. Air pollution is caused by carbon dioxide emissions from factories and vehicles, ____________?
15. You used to be a teacher, ____________?
Bài 14. Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, viết mệnh đề trần thuật và câu hỏi đuôi của nó.
0. You/ go shopping/ with your mother tomorrow.
You will go shopping with your mother tomorrow, won‟t you.
1. Mr. Smith/ not come/ home/ yesterday.
__________________________________________________________________
2. Your parents/ be/ at home/ now.
__________________________________________________________________
3. It/ not rain/ tomorrow.
__________________________________________________________________
4. Jim/ not do/ his homework/yet.
__________________________________________________________________
5. Jane‟s cat/ sleep/ now
__________________________________________________________________
6. Mary and Jim/ can/ speak/ both English and French.
__________________________________________________________________
7. Peter/ live/ here/ for 5 years.

T EU VE Page 149
__________________________________________________________________
8. These shoes/ cost/ a lot of money.
__________________________________________________________________
9. You sisters/ look after/ your grandparents/ now.
__________________________________________________________________
10. I/ must/ go home/ now.
__________________________________________________________________
Bài 15: Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng.
Favela
“Favela” is the Portuguese word for “slum” in Brazil in one of the (1)__________ economically unequal
countries in the world. Favelas(2) __________ associated with extreme poverty. They earn much(3)
__________ money than other people. Residents of favelas are often discriminated (4) __________ they live
in these communities. They have (5) __________ chance of experiencing inequality and exploitation than the
upper classes. Moreover, the cocaine trade has affected Bazil and (6)v favelas. A favela can (7) __________
ruled by a drug lord. The Brazil government has made attempt to improve the living (8) __________ of slums‟
redidents in 20th century.
(1) A. most B. more C. fewer D. less

(2) A. is B. are C. do D. did
(4) A. Despite B. Although C. Because D. However
(6) A. its B. it C. theirs D. their
(7) A. is B. was C. been D. be
(8) A. levels B. classes C. standards D. grades
Bài 16: Đọc đoạn văn sau và trả lời các câu hỏi dƣới đây.
Over the years, overpopulation has posed major threat to our fragile environment. Its effects are quite
severe. One of the most obvious consequences is that natural resources will soon be used up. As the human
T EU VE Page 150
population continues to explode, fininnte natural resources, such as fossil fuels, fresh and frontier forests
continue to plummer. If the number of people continues to rise uncontrollably, the available resources won‟t
not meet the demand of people.
Moreover, because of the overuse of coal, oil and natural gas, human has caused some serious pollution.
The huge number of vehicles and factories have polluted the air, land and even water. Rise in amount of carbon
dioxide emissions contributes to global warming. That causes the polar ice caps to melt and change climate
patterns.
If there is a polutation explosion in one area, the whole ecosystem will be affected. With the population
expansion, such activities as agriculture and land development will make natural habitats shrink. For example,
rainforests used to cover 14% of the entire earth‟s surface. Today, rainforest-covered land in the next four
decades.
1. Which effect of overpoplution is mentioned in the first paragraph?

A. Depletion of natural resources.
B. Exploitation of natural resources.
C. Use of natural resources.
2. What does “plummet” mean?
A. Increase
B. Fall
C. Change
3. Which contributes to global warming according to the second paragraph?
A. coal, oil and natural gas
B. carbon dioxide emissions
C. polar ice caps
4. According to the third paragraph, what makes natural habitats shrink if there is a population explosion in
an area?
A. The whole ecosystem.
B. Population expansion.
C. Agriculture and land development.
5. What is the best title for the passage?
T EU VE Page 151
A. Effect of dense population on human.

B. Effect of overpopulation on the environment.
C. Effect of population explosion on forests.
Bài 6: Điền một chủ ngữ thích hợp vào chỗ trống để hoàn thành các câu hỏi đuôi sau.
11. They are going home from school, aren‟t they_?

12. John didn‟t do the washing yesterday, did __he__?
13. We couldn‟t buy a new car, could ___we____?
14. Kevin will arrive here before 4 o‟clock, won‟t ___he___?
15. I am not good- looking, am ____I ____?
16. James is from England, isn‟t ___he___?
17. The car isn‟t in the garage, is __it__?
18. You are Ann, aren‟t __ you ___?
19. His father took him to the zoo yesterday, didn‟t ___he____?
20. Our neighbors have moved here, haven‟t ___they ____?
Giải thích:
Nếu chủ ngữ ở câu trần thuật là I, you, we, he,she , it thì trong phần câu hỏi đuôi lặp lại những chủ ngữ đó.
- Nếu chủ ngữ là ngƣời ở ngôi thứ 3 số ít thì trong phần câu hỏi đuôi sử dụng đại từ nhân xƣng t” he”
“ she” làm chủ ngữ, nếu là vật thì dùng “ it”
- Trong trƣờng hợp chủ ngữ là danh từ không đếm đƣợc thì dùng” it “
- Nếu chủ ngữ là ngôi thứ 3 số nhiều thì trong phần câu hỏi đuôi sử dụng đại từ nhân xƣng dùng” they”
làm chủ ngữ.

26. She is collecting seashells, (is/isn‟t) she?
Giải thích: Mệnh đề trần thuật có động từ” to be” is ở thể khẳng định nên trong câu hỏi đuôi phải dùng thể
phủ định là “ isn‟t”
27. We often play soccer in the afternoon, (do/don‟t) we?
T EU VE Page 152
Mệnh đề trần thuật có động từ thể khẳng định nên trong câu hỏi đuôi phải dùng thể phủ định.
28. You weren‟t recognized, (were/ weren‟t) you?
Mệnh đề trần thuật có động từ to be “weren‟t” ở thể phủ định nên trong câu hỏi đuôi phải dùng thể khẳng
định là were
29. Your father (has/hasn‟t) cleaned your bike, hasn‟t he?
Câu hỏi đuôi co động từ thể phủ định nên trong mệnh đề trần thuật phải dùng thể khẳng định
30. John and Jim (like/don‟t like) scary movies, don‟t they?
Câu hỏi đuôi co động từ thể phủ định nên trong mệnh đề trần thuật phải dùng thể khẳng định
31. You (can/can‟t) win this competition, can you?
Câu hỏi đuôi có động từ thể khẳng định nên trong mệnh đề trần thuật phải dùng thể phủ định.
32. She is watching TV downstairs, (isn‟t/doesn‟t) she?
Trong câu trần thuật có động từ “ to be” is thì lặp lại “is” trong câu hỏi đuôi.
33. The journey to the South cost a lot of money, (doesn‟t/ didn‟t) it?
Câu trần thuật ở thể khẳng địn thì quá khứ đơn nên trong câu hỏi đuôi dùng trợ động từ phủ định “ didn‟t”
34. You won‟t lie to me, (will/do) you?
Câu trần thuật ở thể phủ định thì tƣơng lai nên trong câu hỏi đuôi dùng trợ động từ to be ở thể khẳng định “will”
35. Josh and John have met each other, (haven‟t/don‟t) they?
Trong câu trần thuật có động từ “ have” ở thể khẳng định thì hiện tại hoàn thành nên trong câu hỏi đuôi dùng trợ
động từ ở thể phủ định “ haven‟t”
36. She‟s from a small town in Thailand, (doesn‟t/isn‟t)she?
Trong câu trần thuật có động từ “ to be “ is” thì nên lặp lại “ is” trong câu hỏi đuôi.
37. I am intelltgent, (amn‟t / aren‟t) I?
Trong câu trần thuật có động từ “to be” are thì nên lặp lại “are” trong câu hỏi đuôi.
38. We‟re late again, (/ aren‟t) we?
T EU VE Page 153
Trong câu trần thuật có động từ” to be” are” thì nên lặp lại “are” trong câu hỏi đuôi.
39. They are going to France this summer, (aren‟t/ don‟t) they?
Trong câu trần thuật có động từ to be “ are” thì nên lặp lại are trong câu hỏi đuôi.
40. She didn‟t use to work in a hotel, (did/does) she?
Trong câu trần thuật ở thể phủ định thì quá khứ đơn nên trong câu hỏi đuôi dùng trợ động từ ở thể khẳng định “
did”
41. You must obey the rule, (don‟t/mustn‟t) you?
Trong câu trần thuật dùng động từ khuyết thuyết ở thể khẳng định “ must” nên trong câu hỏi đuôi dùng động từ
khuyết thuyết ở thể phủ định “ musn‟t” .
42. They need some new clothes, (needn‟t/ don‟t) they?
Câu trần thuật ở thể khẳng định thì hiện tại đơn nên trong câu hỏi đuôi dùng trợ động từ ở thể phủ định “ don‟t”
43. Jim and his wife live in a tiny flat, (doesn‟t/ don‟t) they?
Câu trần thuật ở thể khẳng định thì hiện tại đơn nên trong câu hỏi đuôi dùng trợ động từ ở thể phủ định “ don‟t”
44. Mary studies very hard every night, (doesn‟t/ did) she?
Câu trần thuật ở thể khẳng định thì hiện tại đơn nên trong câu hỏi đuôi dùng trợ động từ ở thể phủ định “
doesn‟t”
45. This table is made wood, (isn‟t/ doesn‟t) it?
Trong câu trần thuật có động từ to be “ is” thì nên lặp lại “ is” trong câu hỏi đuôi.
46. There are 30 students in your class, (aren‟t/ don‟t) there?
Trong câu trần thuật có động từ to be “ are” thì nên lặp lại “ are” trong câu hỏi đuôi
47. You shouldn‟t take in too much sugar, (do/ should) you?
Trong câu trân thuật dùng động từ khuyết ở thể phủ định “ shouldn‟t” nên trong câu hỏi đuôi dùng động từ
khuyết thiếu ở thể khẳng định “ should”
48. David and James will be learning Japanese at this time next week, (aren‟t/ won‟t) they?
T EU VE Page 154
Trong trần thuật ở thể khẳng định thì tƣơng lai đơn nên trong câu hỏi đuôi dùng trợ động từ ở thể phủ định “
won‟t”
49. She doesn‟t cook very often, (do/does) she?
Câu trần thuật ở thể phủ định thì hiện tại đơn nên trong câu hỏi đuôi dùng trợ động từ ở thể khẳng định” does”
50. Jim hurt this leg yesterday, (doesn‟t/ didn‟t) he?
Câu trần thuật ở thể khẳng định thì quá khứ đơn nên trong câu hỏi đuôi dùng trợ động từ ở thể phủ định “
didn‟t”
Bài 8: Điền các câu hỏi đuôi cho sẵn vào chỗ trống sao cho hợp lý.
aren‟t don‟t we is she does he will they
is she did it won‟t they wasn‟t he isn‟t she
11. Your parents will pick you up today, ___won‟t they_________?
Chủ ngữ “ your parents” trong câu trần thuật chuyển về chủ ngữ “ they” trong câu hỏi đuôi. Câu trần thuật
ở thể khẳng định câu hỏi đuôi ở thể phủ định. Câu ở thì tƣơng lai đơn nên dùng trợ động từ “ won‟t” ở câu
hỏi đuôi.
12. Mary isn‟t sleeping now, ___ is she _________?
Chủ ngữ “Mary” trong câu trần thuật chuyển về chủ ngữ “ she” trong câu hỏi đuôi. .Câu trần thuật ở thể
phủ định nên câu hỏi đuôi ở thể phủ định. Câu trần thuật có động từ to be “ is” nên dùng “ isn‟t” ở câu hỏi
đuôi.
13. My cat didn‟t come home yesterday, ___ did it _________?
Chủ ngữ “my cat” trong câu trần thuật chuyển về chủ ngữ “it” trong câu hỏi đuôi
14. My brother was ill yesterday, ____wasn‟t he________?

15. I am right, _____aren‟t I____?
16. We often go fishing in the weekend, ____don‟t we________?
17. They won‟t destroy this building, ____will they________?
18. Jim doesn‟t like collecting stamps, ____does he________?
T EU VE Page 155
19. Your grandmother is watering flowers, ____isn‟t she________?

20. She isn‟t your sister, ____is she________?
Bài 9: Hoàn thành các câu hỏi đuôi sau đây.
26. It is your cat, ____isn‟t it________?

27. This umbrella is yours, _____isn‟t it _______?
28. You won‟t leave the party early, ____will you________?
29. We went to a Japanese restaurant yesterday, _____didn‟t we_______?
30. You mustn‟t press this button, ___must you_________?
31. They haven‟t found their keys, ____have they________?
32. Anne and Tom often play badminton with each other, _____don‟t we___?
33. Peter is listening to music upstairs, ____isn‟t he________?
34. The students must finish their homework, __must he__________?
35. It will be snowing at this time next week, ____won‟t it________?
36. I can leave now, _____can‟t I_______?
37. My classmates and I will be learning English at 8 a.m, tomorrow, ___won‟t we__?
38. You didn‟t attend the meeting, ___did you_________?
39. The sheep are grazing in the fields, ____aren‟t they________?
40. Josh should pay attention to his health condition, ____shouldn‟t he_______?
41. His father was an employee of this company ten years ago, __wasn‟t he_____?
42. My mother doesn‟t like my untidiness, ___does she_________?
43. James will go camping with us tomorrow, ____won‟t he________?
44. Your bike is broken, ______isn‟t it______?
45. You were terrified by the thunder, _____weren‟t you_______?
46. They didn‟t expect me to appear at the meeting, __did they____?
47. It is important to be on time, ___isn‟t it_________?
48. This doctor hasn‟t worked in the local hospital for 2 months, ____has he______?
49. We have been to New York, ____haven‟t we________?
50. James could win the match yesterday, ____couldn‟t he________?
Bài 10: Đánh dấu [√] trƣớc câu đúng. Đánh dấu [X] trƣớc câu sai và sửa lại cho đúng.
T EU VE Page 156
____X_____ 1. You can afford time to come to our party, can you?
Can you  can‟t you: câu trần thuật ở thể khẳng định nên câu hỏi đuôi ở thể phủ định
____X_____ 2. He put sugar on my coffee, doesn‟t he?
Doesn‟t he didn‟t he. Câu ở thì quá khứ đơn nên dùng trợ động từ “didn‟t”
____X_____ 3. They won‟t let me take photos here, willI?
I  they chủ ngữ they trong câu trần thuật đƣợc láy lại trong câu hỏi đuôi.
_____X____ 4. This song is catchy, isn‟t this?
Isn‟t this isn‟t it : chủ ngữ this song trong câu trần thuật chuyển về chủ ngữ it trong câu hỏi đuôi.
____X_____ 5. Your mother‟s bought you a new dress, isn‟t she?
Isn‟t  hasn‟t: câu ở thì hiện tại hoàn thành nên dùng trợ động từ “ hasn‟t”
______√___ 6. Someone mistook you for a famous singer, didn‟t they?
____X_____ 7. Josh practices singing every day, does he?
Doesdoesn‟t : câu trần thuật ở thể khẳng định nên câu hỏi đuôi ở thể phủ định.
____√_____ 8. There isn‟t any parks near here, is there?
Bài 11: Dựa vào những thông tin có trong bảng cho sẵn, sử dụng “more/less/fewer” để so sánh trƣờng
học của Jane và Peter.
Number of Jane‟s school Peter‟s school
6. Student 2 thousand 1.5 thousand
7. Building 5 4
8. Classroom 280 190
9. Classroom equipment Computer, projector, ceiling fans Computer, projector,
T EU VE Page 157
loudspeakers, air- con, fans
10. Student club 6 9
11. Time for self- studying 10 hours a week 8 hours a week
6. Jane‟s school has fewer students than Peter‟s school.

7. Jane‟s shool has more buildings than Peter‟s school.
8. Jane‟s shool has more classrooms than Peter‟s school.
9. Jane‟s shool has less classroom equipment than Peter‟s school.
10. Jane‟s shool has fewer student clubs than Peter‟s school.
11. Jane‟s shool has more time for self-studying than Peter‟s school.
Dựa vào thông tin trong bảng thông tin và số lƣợng trong bảng thống kế để xác định dùng “ more” ( so sánh
hơn) hay les/fewer ( so sánh kém) , “less” dùng trong những danh từ không đếm đƣợc, fewer dùng với danh từ
đếm đƣợc ở dạng số nhiều
Bài 12: Hoàn thành câu thứ hai sao cho nghĩa không đổi so với câu thứ nhất, sử dụng
“more/less/fewer”.
9. There are more street lights on this road than that road.
There are fewer street lights on that road than this road.
10. There were fewer criminal cases in my country 3 years ago than now.
There are more criminal cases in my country now than 3 years ago.
11. There are more wealthy people in big cities than in the countryside.
There are fewer wealthy people I the countryside than in big city.
12. My city has fewer slums than yours.
 Your city has more slums than mine
13. The standards of living in the cities shows more improvement than in the rural areas.
 The standards of living in rural areas shows less improvement than in the cites.
T EU VE Page 158
14. Old factories produce more carbon dioxide emissions than modern factories.
Modern factories produce fewer carbon dioxide emissions than old factories.
15. There are less arable land in the city than in the countryside.
 There are more arable land in the countryside than in the city.
16. Are there more health centres in my city now than ten years ago?
Were there fewer healthy centres in my city ten years ago than now?
17. People in developed countries spend more money on health care and education than in the
underdeveloped countries.
People in the undevelop countries spend less money on health care and education than in develop country.
Bài 13: Hoàn thành các câu hỏi đuôi sau:
16. No one will reveal my secrets, ___will they ____?

17. Everyone in the room is staring at me, ___aren‟t they_________?
18. A bridge will be built here next year, ____won‟t it________?
19. There aren‟t any slums in your city, ____are there________?
20. Someone has eaten my cake, ______haven‟t they______?
21. The Smiths will travel back to their hometown next summer, ____won‟t they _______?
22. There will be more skyscrapers in our city, ___won‟t there_________?
23. You have been to Paris, ___have you _______?
24. Jim should do more research on this topic, ___shouldn‟t he _______?
25. In the past, rabies was an incurable disease, ____wasn‟t it _____?
26. A conference on population explosion will be held tomorrow, ___won‟t it ___?
27. You didn‟t use to walk to school, ____did you____?
28. Your pets are fed by your mom everyday, ____aren‟t they _____?
29. Air pollution is caused by carbon dioxide emissions from factories and vehicles,__isn‟t it_?
30. You used to be a teacher, ____didn‟t you________?
Bài 14.Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, viết mệnh đề trần thuật và câu hỏi đuôi của nó.
11. You/ go shopping/ with your mother tomorrow.
T EU VE Page 159
You will go shopping with your mother tomorrow, won‟t you?
12. Mr. Smith/ not come/ home/ yesterday.

 Mr.Smith didn‟t home yesterday, did he?
13. Your parents/ be/ at home/ now.
 Your parents are at home now, aren‟t there?
14. It/ not rain/ tomorrow.

It won‟t rain tomorrow, will it?
15. Jim/ not do/ his homework/yet.
Jim hasn‟t done his homework yet, has he?
16. Jane‟s cat/ sleep/ now.
 Jane‟s cat is sleeping now, isn‟t it?
17. Mary and Jim/ can/ speak/ both English and French.
Mary and Jim can speak both English and French, can‟t they?
18. Peter/ live/ here/ for 5 years.

 Peter has live here for 5 years, hasn‟t he?
19. These shoes/ cost/ a lot of money.
These shoes cost a lot of money, don‟t they?
20. You sisters/ look after/ your grandparents/ now.
Your sisters are looking after your grandparents now, aren‟t they?
21. I/ must/ go home/ now.
I must go home now, mustn‟t I?
Bài 15: Khoanh tròn đáp án đúng.
Favela
“Favela” is the Portuguese word for “slum” in Brazil in one of the (1)__________ economically unequal
countries in the world. Favelas(2) __________ associated with extreme poverty. They earn much(3)
__________ money than other people. Residents of favelas are often discriminated (4) __________ they live
T EU VE Page 160
in these communities. They have (5) __________ chance of experiencing inequality and exploitation than the
upper classes. Moreover, the cocaine trade has affected Bazil and (6)v favelas. A favela can (7) __________
ruled by a drug lord. The Brazil government has made attempt to improve the living (8) __________ of slums‟
redidents in 20th century.

(10) A. is B. are C. do D. did
(12) A. Despite B. Although C.Because D. However
(13) A. most B.more C. fewer D. less
(14) A.its B. it C. theirs D. their
(15) A. is B. was C. been D.be
(16) A. levels B. classes C.standards D. grades
Bài 16: Đọc đoạn văn sau và trả lời các câu hỏi dƣới đây.
Over the years, overpopulation has posed major threat to our fragile environment. Its effects are quite
severe. One of the most obvious consequences is that natural resources will soon be used up. As the human
population continues to explode, fininnte natural resources, such as fossil fuels, fresh and frontier forests
continue to plummer. If the number of people continues to rise uncontrollably, the available resources won‟t
not meet the demand of people.
Moreover, because of the overuse of coal, oil and natural gas, human has caused some serious pollution.
The huge numbers of vehicles and factories have polluted the air, land and even water. Rise in amount of
carbon dioxide emissions contributes to global warming. That causes the polar ice caps to melt and change
climate patterns.
If there is a polutation explosion in one area, the whole ecosystem will be affected. With the population
expansion, such activities as agriculture and land development will make natural habitats shrink. For example,
rainforests used to cover 14% of the entire earth‟s surface. Today, rainforest-covered land in the next four
decades.
6. Which effect of overpoplution is mentioned in the first paragraph?

D. Depletion of natural resources.
E. Exploitation of natural resources.
T EU VE Page 161
F. Use of natural resources.

7. What does “plummet” mean?
D. Increase
E. Fall
F. Change
8. Which contributes to global warming according to the second paragraph?
D. coal, oil and natural gas
E. carbon dioxide emissions
F. polar ice caps
9. According to the third paragraph, what makes natural habitats shrink if there is a population explosion in
an area?
D. The whole ecosystem.
E. Population expansion.
F. Agriculture and land development.
10. What is the best title for the passage?
D. Effect of dese population on human.
E. Effect of overpopulation on the environment.
F. Effect of population explosion on forests.
…………………………………………………………………………………………
PRACTISE UNIT 5
I. Put in the right prepositions.

1. Was there anything good ......................... TV last night?
2. Remote controls are used to interact ......................... TV.
3. I prefer sports programs ......................... others, but there are no sports programs .........................
Saturday afternoon.
4. The information is posted ......................... Jimhello ......................... 10 December 2002.
5. It's not easy to get access ......................... the Internet the countryside.
6. Did you see the film ......................... 10 p.m ......................... HBO channel last night.
7. There was a report ......................... The Independent ....................... this new law.
8. You can e-mail me ......................... pd@freeserve.co.uk.
9. This website is useful ......................... people who are interested ......................... wild life.
T EU VE Page 162
10. There was nothing interesting ........................ , so I turned the TV .........................

II. Put a question tag on the end of these sentences.
1. Torn won't be late, .........................? - No, he never late.
2. You're tired, .........................? - Yes, a little.
3. You haven't seen Mary today, .........................? - No, I'm afraid not.
4. You've got a camera, .........................? - Yes, why?
5. There aren't many people here yet, .........................? - No, but it's still quite early.
6. Sue doesn't know Ann, .........................? - No, they've never met.
7. You came in your sports car, .........................? - No, I came in a taxi.
8. These cakes look good, .........................? - I can't wait to try them.
9. You can speak German, .........................? - Yes, but not very fluently.
10. I'm too impatient, .........................? - Yes, you are sometimes.
11. Jack's on holiday, .........................? - Yes, he's in Portugal.
12. You couldn't do me a favour, .........................? - It depends what it is.
13. Let's go out tonight, .........................? - Yes, let's.
14. Don't drop that vase, .........................? - No, don't worry.
15. He won't mind if I use his phone, .........................? - No, of course not.
III. Make complete sentences from these prompts and add a question tag.
1. Vicky/ go/ cinema/ last Monday
.........................................................................................................................................
2. They/ have/ supper/ at the moment
.........................................................................................................................................
3. I/ be/ best student
.........................................................................................................................................
4. The Browns/ go/ on holiday/ next month
.........................................................................................................................................
5. Christ/ catch/ lots of fish/ last Sunday
.........................................................................................................................................
6. Mike/ not be/ the doctor/ recently
.........................................................................................................................................
7. George/ not enjoy/ his work/ the office
.........................................................................................................................................
8. The children/ have to do/ a lot/ homework
.........................................................................................................................................
9. That pullover/ shrink/ when you/ wash/ yesterday
.........................................................................................................................................
10. You/ always/ eat/ at home
.........................................................................................................................................
11. You/ used not/ like/ him
.........................................................................................................................................
12. Nobody/ phone/ me/ this morning
.........................................................................................................................................
T EU VE Page 163
13. You/ seldom/ late/ for work

.........................................................................................................................................
IV. Complete each of the sentences with the gerund form of one of the following verbs:
write, play, argue, pay, make, buy, break, hold, smoke, read, work, do, wait.
1. Try to avoid ......................... him angry.
2. It's not use ......................... for the president's arrival, so I suggest ......................... another meeting
next week.
3. Would you mind ......................... your name and address on the back of the cheque?
4. Have you finished ......................... the newspaper yet?
5. They don't allow ......................... here. Please put out your cigarette.
6. The boy like ......................... games but hate ......................... lessons.
7. Please stop ......................... and start .........................
8. I remember ......................... him. I gave him £20.
9. He is considering ......................... a used car.
10. At first the boy denied ................. the CD player but after a while he admitted ................ it.
V. Complete each of the sentences with the correct form of the verb in brackets.
1. The car began (make)................ an extraordinary noise so I stopped (see)........... what it was.
2. He hate (answer)...................... the phone, and very often just lets it (ring).......................
3. He tried to avoid (answer).............. my question and refused (listen)............ my explanation.
4. Would you mind (lend)...................... me £5? I forgot (cash)...................... a cheque.
5. I must remember (post)...................... this letter today. It's important.
6. The joke that I told Michael made him (laugh)...................... a lot.
7. Tim suggested (walk)...................... for a while, but nobody wanted (go)...................... out.
8. I like (lie)...................... on the beach. I always spend my holidays (sunbathe).......................
9. Imagine (live)...................... with someone who never stop (talk).......................
10. 'Do you enjoy (lie)............. on the beach?' 'No. I really dislike (sit)............ in the sun all day.'
11. Andrew doesn't mind (walk)............ home, but his sister would like (get)................. a taxi.
12. Sandra gave up (try)............... to find a job in this country and decided (go)............... abroad.
13. 'Are you looking forward to (see)............ Ann again?' 'Well, I expect (meet)........... her soon.'
14. The teacher told everybody (be)................... quiet, but they just went on (talk).................
15. 'I'm trying (repair)...................... my radio, but it doesn't work.'
'Why don't you try (change)................ the batteries. I think batteries in the radio need
(change)................?
VI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first.
1. I can do what I want and you can't stop me.
You can't stop ..................................................................................................................
2. Please don't interrupt me all the time.
Would you mind ..............................................................................................................
3. My father said I could use his car.
My father allowed............................................................................................................
4. It's not a good idea to travel during the rush hour.
It's better to avoid ...........................................................................................................
T EU VE Page 164
5. Don't stop him doing what he wants.

Let ....................................................................................................................................
6. We like to lie on the beach all day.
We enjoy ..........................................................................................................................
7. Do you fancy going for a walk?
Would you like ................................................................................................................
8. Seeing Nelson Mandela will always stay in my memory.
I'll never forget ................................................................................................................
9. It was difficult for me to stop laughing at Wendy's letter.
I couldn't help ..................................................................................................................
10. Shall I phone you this evening?
Do you want ....................................................................................................................
11. It will be good to see them again.
I'm looking .......................................................................................................................
12. I'd prefer not to go out tonight.
I'd rather ...........................................................................................................................
VII. Write the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first.
1. Your parents' house is still in Nha Trang, isn't it?
Your parents still .......................................................................................................... ?
2. It takes my brother three hours to surf the Net every night.
My brother spends ...........................................................................................................
3. You'd better put your money in the bank, Jack.
I advised...........................................................................................................................
4. 'Do you like watching documentary?' he said to me.
He asked ..........................................................................................................................
5. Driving a big car was a new and difficult experience.
I wasn't used ....................................................................................................................
6. Do you find it difficult to understand him?
Do you have .....................................................................................................................
7. I don't know how to design a website.
I wish ...............................................................................................................................
8. 'Laura! Don't touch the electric wires!'
Mike warned ....................................................................................................................
9. My mother never allows me to go out alone at night.
My mother never lets .......................................................................................................
10. People should use bicycles for short journeys.
Bicycles ...........................................................................................................................
KEY PRACTISE UNIT 5
I. Put in the right prepositions.
1. Was there anything good on TV last night?
2. Remote controls are used to interact with TV.
3. I prefer sports programs to others, but there are no sports programs on Saturday afternoon.
T EU VE Page 165
4. The information is posted by Jimhello on 10 December 2002.

5. It's not easy to get access to the Internet the countryside.
6. Did you see the film at 10 p.m on HBO channel last night.
7. There was a report in The Independent about this new law.
8. You can e-mail me at pd@freeserve.co.uk.
9. This website is useful for people who are interested in wild life.
10. There was nothing interesting on, so I turned the TV off.
II. Put a question tag on the end of these sentences.
1. Torn won't be late, will he? - No, he never late.
2. You're tired, aren‟t you? - Yes, a little.
3. You haven't seen Mary today, have you? - No, I'm afraid not.
4. You've got a camera, haven‟t you? - Yes, why?
5. There aren't many people here yet, are there? - No, but it's still quite early.
6. Sue doesn't know Ann, does she? - No, they've never met.
7. You came in your sports car, didn‟t you? - No, I came in a taxi.
8. These cakes look good, don‟t they? - I can't wait to try them.
9. You can speak German, can‟t you? - Yes, but not very fluently.
10. I'm too impatient, aren‟t I? - Yes, you are sometimes.
11. Jack's on holiday, isn‟t he? - Yes, he's in Portugal.
12. You couldn't do me a favour, could you? - It depends what it is.
13. Let's go out tonight, shall we? - Yes, let's.
14. Don't drop that vase, will you? - No, don't worry.
15. He won't mind if I use his phone, will he? - No, of course not.
III. Make complete sentences from these prompts and add a question tag.
1. Vicky/ go/ cinema/ last Monday
Vicky went to the cinema last Monday, didn‟t he?
2. They/ have/ supper/ at the moment
They are having supper at the moment, aren‟t they?
3. I/ be/ best student
I am the best student, aren‟t I?
4. The Browns/ go/ on holiday/ next month
The Browns will go on holiday next month, won‟t they?
5. Christ/ catch/ lots of fish/ last Sunday
Christ caught lots of fish last summer, didn‟t he?
6. Mike/ not be/ the doctor/ recently
Mike hasn‟t been the doctor recently, has he?
7. George/ not enjoy/ his work/ the office
George does not enjoy his work at the office, doesn‟t he?
8. The children/ have to do/ a lot/ homework
The children have to do a lot of homework, don‟t they?
9. That pullover/ shrink/ when you/ wash/ yesterday
That pullover shrank when you washed it yesterday, didn‟t it?
T EU VE Page 166
10. You/ always/ eat/ at home

You always eat at home, don't you?
11. You/ used not/ like/ him
You did not use to like him, did you?
12. Nobody/ phone/ me/ this morning
Nobody phoned me this morning, did they?
13. You/ seldom/ late/ for work
You are seldom late for work, are you?
IV. Complete each of the sentences with the gerund form of one of the following verbs:
write, play, argue, pay, make, buy, break, hold, smoke, read, work, do, wait.
1. Try to avoid making him angry.
2. It's not use waiting for the president's arrival, so I suggest holding another meeting next week.
3. Would you mind writing your name and address on the back of the cheque?
4. Have you finished reading the newspaper yet?
5. They don't allow smoking here. Please put out your cigarette.
6. The boy like playing games but hate doing lessons.
7. Please stop arguing and start working.
8. I remember paying him. I gave him £20.
9. He is considering buying a used car.
10. At first the boy denied breaking the CD player but after a while he admitted breaking / doing it.
V. Complete each of the sentences with the correct form of the verb in brackets.
1. The car began making an extraordinary noise so I stopped to see what it was.
2. He hate answering the phone, and very often just lets it ring
3. He tried to avoid answering my question and refused to listen my explanation.
4. Would you mind lending me £5? I forgot to cash a cheque.
5. I must remember to post this letter today. It's important.
6. The joke that I told Michael made him laugh a lot.
7. Tim suggested walking for a while, but nobody wanted to go out.
8. I like lying on the beach. I always spend my holidays sunbathing
9. Imagine living with someone who never stop talking
10. 'Do you enjoy lying on the beach?' 'No. I really dislike sitting in the sun all day.'
11. Andrew doesn't mind walking home, but his sister would like to get a taxi.
12. Sandra gave up trying to find a job in this country and decided to go abroad.
13. 'Are you looking forward to seeing Ann again?' 'Well, I expect to meet her soon.'
14. The teacher told everybody to be quiet, but they just went on talking
15. 'I'm trying to repair my radio, but it doesn't work.'
'Why don't you try changing the batteries. I think batteries in the radio need changing?
VI. Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first.
1. I can do what I want and you can't stop me.
You can't stop me from doing what I want.
2. Please don't interrupt me all the time.
Would you mind not interrupting me all the time?
T EU VE Page 167
3. My father said I could use his car.

My father allowed me to use his car.
4. It's not a good idea to travel during the rush hour.
It's better to avoid traveling during the rush hour.
5. Don't stop him doing what he wants.
Let him do what he wants.
6. We like to lie on the beach all day.
We enjoy lying on the beach all day.
7. Do you fancy going for a walk?
Would you like to go for a walk?
8. Seeing Nelson Mandela will always stay in my memory.
I'll never forget seeing Nelson Mandela.
9. It was difficult for me to stop laughing at Wendy's letter.
I couldn't help stopping laughing at Wendy‟s letter.
10. Shall I phone you this evening?
Do you want me to phone you this evening?
11. It will be good to see them again.
I'm looking forward to seeing them again.
12. I'd prefer not to go out tonight.
I'd rather not go out tonight.
VII. Write the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first.
1. Your parents' house is still in Nha Trang, isn't it?
Your parents still live in Nha Trang, don‟t they?
2. It takes my brother three hours to surf the Net every night.
My brother spends three hours surfing the Net every night
3. You'd better put your money in the bank, Jack.
I advised Jack to put your money in the bank.
4. 'Do you like watching documentary?' he said to me.
He asked Jack to put your money in the bank.
5. Driving a big car was a new and difficult experience.
I wasn't used to driving a big car.
6. Do you find it difficult to understand him?
Do you have difficulty in understading him?
7. I don't know how to design a website.
I wish I knew how to design a website.
8. 'Laura! Don't touch the electric wires!'
Mike warned Laura not to touch the electric waves.
9. My mother never allows me to go out alone at night.
My mother never lets me go out alone at night.
10. People should use bicycles for short journeys.
Bicycles should be used for short journeys.
T EU VE Page 168
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
UNIT 6
UNIT 6: THE ENVIRONMENT

[MÔI TRƯỜNG]
VOCABULARY
- environment /ɪnˈvaɪrənmənt/ (n) : môi trƣờng
+ environmental (a): thuộc về môi trƣờng
- garbage /ˈɡɑːbɪdʒ/ (n): rác thải
- dump /dʌmp/ (n): bãi đổ, nơi chứa
- pollute /pəˈluːt/ (v): ô nhiễm
+ pollution /pəˈluːʃn/ (n): sự ô nhiễm
+ polluted /pəˈluːt/ (a): bị ô nhiễm
- deforestation /ˌdiːˌfɒrɪˈsteɪʃn/ (n): sự phá rừng
- improve /ɪmˈpruːv/ (v): cải tiến
+ improvement /ɪmˈpruːvmənt/ (n): sự cải tiến, sự cải thiện
- intermediate /ˌɪntəˈmiːdiət/ (a): trung cấp
- well-qualified / wel - /ˈkwɒlɪfaɪd/(a) : có trình độ cao
- tuition/tjuˈɪʃn/ (n) = fee: học phí
- academy /əˈkædəmi/ (n): học viện
- advertise /ˈædvətaɪz/ (v): quảng cáo
+ advertisement /ədˈvɜːtɪsmənt/ (n) = ad: bài quảng cáo
- edition /ɪˈdɪʃn/ (n): lần xuất bản
- look forward to + V-ing: mong đợi
- violent /ˈvaɪələnt/(a): bạo lực
+ violence /ˈvaɪələns/ (n): bạo lực
- documentary /ˌdɒkjuˈmentri/ (n): phim tài liệu
- inform /ɪnˈfɔːm/ (v): thông tin, cho hay
+ informative /ɪnˈfɔːmətɪv/ (a): có nhiều tin tức
+ information /ˌɪnfəˈmeɪʃn/(n): thông tin
- folk music: nhạc dân ca
- battle /ˈbætl/ (n): trận chiến
- communicate /kəˈmjuːnɪkeɪt/ (v): giao tiếp
+ communication /kəˌmjuːnɪˈkeɪʃn/ (n): sự giao tiếp
- relative /ˈrelətɪv/ (n): bà con, họ hàng
- means /miːnz/ (n): phƣơng tiện
- useful for sb/ˈjuːsfl/ : có ích cho ai
- entertain /ˌentəˈteɪn/ (v): giải trí
+ entertainment /ˌentəˈteɪnmənt/ (n): sự giải trí
- commerce /ˈkɒmɜːs/ (n): thƣơng mại
- limit /ˈlɪmɪt/ (v): giới hạn
+ limitation/ˌlɪmɪˈteɪʃn/ (n): sự hạn chế
- time-consuming /ˈtaɪm kənsjuːmɪŋ/ (a): tốn nhiều thời gian
T EU VE Page 169
suffer /ˈsʌfə(r)/ (v): chịu đựng

- spam /spæm/ (n): thƣ rác
- leak /liːk/ (v): rò rỉ, chảy
- response /rɪˈspɒns/(n, v): trả lời, phản hồi
- costly /ˈkɒstli/ (adv): tốn tiền
- alert /əˈlɜːt/ (a): cảnh giác
- surf /sɜːf/ (v): lƣớt trên mạng
- deforest /ˌdiːˈfɒrɪst/ (v): phá rừng
- dynamite /ˈdaɪnəmaɪt/ (n): chất nổ
- dynamite fishing: đánh cá bằng chất nổ
- spray /spreɪ/ (v): xịt, phun
- pesticide /ˈpestɪsaɪd/ (n): thuốc trừ sâu
- volunteer /ˌvɒlənˈtɪə(r)/ (n): ngƣời tình nguyện
- conservationist /ˌkɒnsəˈveɪʃənɪst/ (n): ngƣời bảo vệ môi trƣờng
- once /wʌns/ (adv): một khi
- shore /ʃɔː(r)/ (n): bờ biển
- sand /sænd/(n) :cát
- rock /rɒk/ (n): tảng đá
- kindly /ˈkaɪndli/ (a): vui lòng, ân cần
- provide /prəˈvaɪd/(v): cung cấp
- disappoint /ˌdɪsəˈpɔɪnt/ (v): làm ai thất vọng
+ disappointed /ˌdɪsəˈpɔɪntɪd/ (a): thất vọng
- spoil /spɔɪl/ (v): làm hƣ hỏng, làm hại
- achieve /əˈtʃiːv/ (v): đạt đƣợc, làm đƣợc
+ achievement /əˈtʃiːvmənt/ (n): thành tựu
- persuade /pəˈsweɪd/ (v): thuyết phục
- protect /prəˈtekt/ (v): bảo vệ
GRAMMAR
CẤU TRÚC TÍNH TỪ
1. Cấu trúc tính từ đi cùng với động từ nguyên thể có „to‟ (Adjective + to – infinitive)
Cấu trúc 1
Cấu trúc tính từ + động từ nguyên thể có to có ý nghĩa “thật là thế nào để làm gì”
Cách dùng
hoặc “thật nhƣ thế nào để ai đó làm gì”, dùng để nhấn mạnh thông tin
Cấu trúc It + be + adj + (for O) + to V

It‟s hard to believe that she failed the exam.
(Thật khó để tin rằng cô ấy bị trượt kì thi).
It was easy for her to pass the exam. (Thật dễ dàng để cô ấy đỗ kỳ thi)
T EU VE Page 170
It is boring to go to the meeting. (Đi đến buổi họp thì thật là nhàm chán)
Ví dụ
It was dangerous for Harry to drive fast. (Thật là nguy hiểm khi Harry lái xe nhanh)
It‟s interesting to talk to you. (Nói chuyện với bạn thật là thú vị)
It‟s difficult to learn Japanese. (Học tiếng Nhật thì rất khó)
Cấu trúc 2
Cấu trúc tính từ + động từ nguyên thể có to còn đƣợc dùng để diễn tả phản ứng, cảm
Cách dùng
xúc, sự tự tin hay sự lo lắng.
Cấu trúc S + be + adj + to V

Happy (vui), glad (vui), pleased (hài lòng), relieved (nhẹ nhõm), sorry (tiếc), certain
Các tính từ (chắc chắn), sure (chắc chắn), confident (tự tin), convinced (tin chắc), afraid (sợ),
thông dụng annoyed (hơi giận), astonished (ngạc nhiên), aware (nhận biết, nhận thấy), conscious
(tỉnh, có ý thức, biết đƣợc)…
Tom was surprised to see you. (Tôm ngạc nhiên khi thấy bạn)
Ví dụ He‟s afraid to stay alone at night. (Anh ấy sợ ở nhà một mình vào ban đêm)
I‟m very pleased to see you here. (Tôi rất vui mừng khi được gặp anh ở đây)
I was sorry to hear that your father is ill. (Tôi lấy làm tiếc khi nghe rằng cha của anh
bị ốm)
2. Cấu trúc tính từ đi cùng với mệnh đề danh từ (Adjective + that – clause)
Cấu trúc tính từ + mệnh đề danh từ đƣợc dùng để diễn tả cảm xúc, sự tin tƣởng hay
Cách dùng
sự lo lắng…..
Mệnh đề danh từ đƣợc cấu tạo bởi „that + mệnh đề‟
Cấu trúc S + be + adj + that + S + V
T EU VE Page 171
Chỉ cảm xúc: Happy (vui), glad (vui), delighted (vui mừng), pleased (hài lòng),
Các tính từ relieved (nhẹ nhõm), sorry (tiếc), surprising (ngạc nhiên…)
thông dụng Chỉ sự tin tƣởng hay lo lắng: certain (chắc chắn), sure (chắc chắn), confident (tự tin),
convinced (tin chắc), afraid (sợ), annoyed (hơi giận), astonished (ngạc nhiên), aware
(nhận biết, nhận thấy), conscious (tỉnh, có ý thức, biết đƣợc)…
I am delighted that you passed your exam (Tôi rất vui vì anh đã vượt qua kì thi)
Ví dụ It was quite surprising that he passed the examination. (Thật đáng ngạc nhiên là anh
ấy đã thi đậu)
I am afraid that I can‟t accept this assignment. (Tôi e rằng tôi không thể nhận nhiệm
vụ này)

Bài 5: Dựa vào những từ cho trƣớc viết câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. It / hard / Jim / do / this / task.
____________________________________________________________________________
2. It / not / easy / me / pass / the / test.
____________________________________________________________________________
3. It / challenging / you / change / your / job / now.
____________________________________________________________________________
4. Mary / always / afraid / try / anything / new.
____________________________________________________________________________
5. You / confident / win / the / competition?
____________________________________________________________________________
6. My mother / pleased / see / me / at / home / now.
____________________________________________________________________________
7. I / sorry / to / hear / that / you / have / accident / last week.
____________________________________________________________________________
T EU VE Page 172
8. I / glad / you / come / to / my party.

____________________________________________________________________________
9. It / not / surprising / Peter / be / best / student / in / his / class.
____________________________________________________________________________
10. I / convinced / Peter / be / right.
____________________________________________________________________________
Bài 6: Gạch chân lỗi sai trong câu và sửa lại cho đúng.
1. I sure that you have mistaken my pen for yours. _______________

2. Peter is not confident presenting his ideas to the class. _______________
3. It is impossible that a fish to climb a tree. _______________
4. Is it possible for me winning this competition? _______________
5. Mr. Brown was relieved hearing his wife was not injured in the accident. _______________
6. Are you certain that he to be the pickpocket? _______________
7. Peter astonished that he accidentally found his childhood toy. _______________
8. It is difficult for you pass the test if you don‟t study hard. _______________
9. Were they be able to swim across that river? _______________
10. They don‟t aware that staying up late is bad for health. _______________
1. that / I / thankful / me / so / homework / with / my / you / am / help.

____________________________________________________________________________
2. difficult / It / English / has / learn / very / to / for / me / been.
____________________________________________________________________________
3. museum / me / the / it‟s / to / interesting / go / to / for.
____________________________________________________________________________
4. Peter / yesterday / was / party / his / to / came / glad / birthday / that / his / classmates.
____________________________________________________________________________
5. boring / to / very / attend / be / that / must / It / meeting.
T EU VE Page 173
____________________________________________________________________________
6. It‟s / week / Jim / next / will / hard / house / his / to / move / believe / that.
____________________________________________________________________________
7. dangerous / play / It‟s / for / to / children / knife / with.
____________________________________________________________________________
8. sure / he / my / stolen / I / that / am / has / bike.
____________________________________________________________________________
Bài 8: Viết lại câu sao cho nghĩa không thay đổi.
1. Learning English is no difficult for me.

→ It is ______________________________________________________________________
2. Jim was very confident when he said that he was the best.
→ Jim was very confident to ____________________________________________________
3. Peter received a letter from his foreign friend yesterday. He was very happy about it.
→ Peter was very happy to ______________________________________________________
4. I can‟t come to your party this weekend. I‟m afraid.
→ I am afraid ________________________________________________________________
5. Doing gardening is not as easy as it looks.
→ It is not ___________________________________________________________________
6. I had no difficulty in making the last decision.
→ It was not _________________________________________________________________
7. I think Peter is very happy. He has won a lottery.
→ I think Peter is very happy that ________________________________________________
8. You were so lucky. You ran into a famous singer
→ You were so lucky to ________________________________________________________
Bài 9: Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc.

1. By the age of 25, Mr. Brown (own)________________ a large house and two expensive cars.
T EU VE Page 174
2. I (expect)________________ that Mary would come before she (tell)________________ me that

she couldn‟t afford time.
3. It (be)________________ very difficult for me (carry)________________ this project because my
professor (give)________________ some advice.
4. Yesterday, my mom (be)________________ very angry (find)________________ out that I (not
do)________________ the laundry yet.
5. ________________ (you / stay) in your room before your mother (find)________________ you?
6. By the time we (arrive)________________ at the station, the train (already
leave)________________ for 15 minutes.
7. When Jim (come)________________ home, he (be)________________ angry
(realize)________________ that someone (break)________________ into his house.
8. ________________ (it / be) hard for you (understand)________________ the lesson yesterday?
9. As soon as the teacher (walk)________________ into the classroom, she (be)________________
surprised that her students (prepare)________________ a birthday present for her.
10. ________________ (you / be) confident that you would win the competition?
Bài 10: Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, viết câu hoàn chỉnh
1. By / the / time / Peter / everyone / already / leave.

____________________________________________________________________________
2. They / really / enjoy / themselves / at / party / before / they / have / go / home.
____________________________________________________________________________
3. It / be / boring / me / learn / Japanese / before / I / have / new / teacher.
____________________________________________________________________________
4. Yesterday / it / surprising / that / my sister / cook / dinner / before / I / come / home.
____________________________________________________________________________
5. I / annoyed / that / my brother / not / clean / the house / before / he / go / out.
____________________________________________________________________________
6. You / happy / know / that / your mother / give / you / a special / gift / yesterday?
T EU VE Page 175
____________________________________________________________________________
7. Peter / disappointed / know / his / final scores.
____________________________________________________________________________
8. It / difficult / me / accept / the fact / that / I / not / get / that / job.
____________________________________________________________________________
Bài 11: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng
It is not difficult (1)_________ to imagine how life used to be in the past. My grandfather
(2)_________ keen on telling me about people and things of his generation before he (3)_________
away. According to what he said, life in the Vietnamese traditional village was very peaceful,
(4)_________ it was exciting. People often lived very closely to others and they formed a neat society.
Although there weren‟t any convenient means of communication such as telephone or email, people
still kept in touch and interacted with each other. They were very happy (5)_________ their stories
with their family and neighbors. Sometimes, they even (6)_________ their neighbors as relatives and
always supported others. It was very common in those days (7)_________ villages to gather up in the
communal house to watch TV or listen to radio together because there was often only one or two TV in
a small village. My grandfather said that he preferred life in the past (8)_________ the modern life
since people were friendlier and more caring.
1. A. for me B. for my C. to me D. that I

2. A. has always been B. had always been C. was always D. is always
3. A. has passed B. had passed C. passed D. passes
4. A. when B. although C. yet D. instead
5. A. shared B. sharing C. shares D. to share
6. A. called B. regarded C. made D. turned
7. A. to B. on C. for D. that
8. A. to B. on C. than D. that
Bài 12: Đọc đoạn văn sau và trả lời câu hỏi.
T EU VE Page 176
Polyester is now being used for bottles. ICI, the chemicals and plastics company, believes that it
is now beginning to break the grip of glass on the bottle business and thus take advantage of this huge
market.
All the plastics manufacturers have been experiencing hard times as their traditional products
have been doing badly world-wide for the last few years. Between 1982 and 1984 the Plastics Division
of ICI had lost a hundred and twenty million dollars, and they felt that the most hopeful new market
was in packaging, bottles and cans.
Since 1982 it has opened three new factories producing “Melinar”, the raw material from which
high quality polyester bottles are made.
The polyester bottle was born in the 1970s, when soft drinks companies like Coca Cola started
selling their drinks in giant two-litre containers. Because of the build-up of the pressure of gas in these
large containers, glass was unsuitable. Nor was PVC, the plastic which had been used for bottles since
the 1960s, suitable for drinks with gas in them. A new plastic had to be made.
Glass is still cheaper for the smaller bottles, and will continue to be so unless oil and plastic
become much cheaper, but plastic does well for the larger sizes.
Polyester bottles are virtually unbreakable. The manufacturers claim they are also lighter, less
noisy when being handled, and can be re-used. Shopkeepers and other business people are unlikely to
object to a change from glass to polyester, since these bottles mean few breakages, which are costly
and time-consuming. The public, though, have been more difficult to persuade. ICI‟s commercial
department are developing different bottles with interesting shapes to try to make them visually more
attractive to the public.
The next step could be to develop a plastic which could replace tins for food. The problem here
is the high temperatures necessary for cooking the food in the container.
1. Plastics of various kinds have been used for making bottles

A. since 1982 B. since the 1970s but only for large bottles
C. since the 1960s but not for liquids with gas in them
T EU VE Page 177
D. since companies like Coca Cola first tried them.

2. Why was ICI‟s Plastics Division interested in polyester for bottles?
A. The other things they make are not selling well.
B. Glass manufacturers cannot make enough new bottles.
C. They have factories which could be adapted to make it.
D. The price of oil keeps changing.
3. Why aren‟t all bottles now made of polyester?
A. The price of oil and plastic has risen B. It is not suitable for containing gassy drinks
C. The public like traditional glass bottles D. Shop keepers dislike re-useable bottles.
4. Manufacturers think polyester bottles are better than glass bottles because they ___________.
A. Are cheaper B. are more suited to small sizes
C. are more exciting to look at D. do not break easily
5. Plastic containers for holding food in the same way as cans
A. have been used for many years B. are an idea that interests the plastics companies
C. are possible, but only for hot food D. are the first things being made in the new factories

Bài 5: Dựa vào những từ cho trƣớc viết câu hoàn chỉnh.
1. It / hard / Jim / do / this / task.
It is hard for Jim to do this task.
2. It / not / easy / me / pass / the / test.
It is not easy for me to pass the test.
3. It / challenging / you / change / your / job / now.
It is challenging for you to change your job now.
4. Mary / always / afraid / try / anything / new.
Mary is always afraid to try anything new.
5. You / confident / win / the / competition?
Are you confident to win the competition?
T EU VE Page 178
6. My mother / pleased / see / me / at / home / now.

My mother is pleased to see me at home now.
7. I / sorry / to / hear / that / you / have / accident / last week.
I am sorry to hear that you had an accident last week.
8. I / glad / you / come / to / my party.
I am glad that you come to my party.
9. It / not / surprising / Peter / be / best / student / in / his / class.
It is not surprising that Peter is the best student in his class.
10. I / convinced / Peter / be / right.
I am convinced that Peter is right.
Bài 6: Gạch chân lỗi sai trong câu và sửa lại cho đúng.
1. I sure that you have mistaken my pen for yours. I am sure

2. Peter is not confident presenting his ideas to the class. To present
3. It is impossible that a fish to climb a tree. For
4. Is it possible for me winning this competition? To win
5. Mr. Brown was relieved hearing his wife was not injured in the accident. To hear
6. Are you certain that he to be the pickpocket? Is
7. Peter astonished that he accidentally found his childhood toy. Was astonished
8. It is difficult for you pass the test if you don‟t study hard. To pass
9. Were they be able to swim across that river? Able
10. They on’ aware that staying up late is bad for health. A en’
1. that / I / thankful / me / so / homework / with / my / you / am / help.

I am so thankful that you help me with my homework.
2. difficult / It / English / has / learn / very / to / for / me / been.
It has been very difficult for me to learn English.
3. museum / me / the / it‟s / to / interesting / go / to / for.
T EU VE Page 179
I ’s in e es ing fo me o go o he m se m
4. Peter / yesterday / was / party / his / to / came / glad / birthday / that / his / classmates.
Peter was glad that his classmates came to his birthday party yesterday.
5. boring / to / very / attend / be / that / must / It / meeting.
It must be very boring to attend that meeting.
6. It‟s / week / Jim / next / will / hard / house / his / to / move / believe / that.
I ’s h o belie e h Jim will mo e his ho se nex week
7. dangerous / play / It‟s / for / to / children / knife / with.
I ’s nge o s fo hil en o pl y wi h knife.
8. sure / he / my / stolen / I / that / am / has / bike.
I am sure that he has stolen my bike.
Bài 8: Viết lại câu sao cho nghĩa không thay đổi.
1. Learning English is no difficult for me.

→ It is not difficult for me to learn English.
2. Jim was very confident when he said that he was the best.
→ Jim was very confident to say that he was the best.
3. Peter received a letter from his foreign friend yesterday. He was very happy about it.
→ Peter was very happy to receive a letter from his foreign friend yesterday.
4. I can‟t come to your party this weekend. I‟m afraid.
→ I am afraid h I n’ ome o yo p y his weeken
5. Doing gardening is not as easy as it looks.
→ It is not easy to do gardening as it looks.
6. I had no difficulty in making the last decision.
→ It was not difficult for me to make the last decision.
7. I think Peter is very happy. He has won a lottery.
→ I think Peter is very happy that he has won a lottery.
8. You were so lucky. You ran into a famous singer
T EU VE Page 180
→ You were so lucky to run into a famous singer.
Bài 9: Cho dạng đúng của động từ trong ngoặc.

1. By the age of 25, Mr. Brown (own)______ had owned___ a large house and two expensive cars.
2. I (expect)______ had expected_______ that Mary would come before she (tell)____ told______ me
that she couldn‟t afford time.
3. It (be)_______ had been ____ very difficult for me (carry)____to carry ______ this project because
my professor (give)______ gave_____ some advice.
4. Yesterday, my mom (be)______was ____ very angry (find)_____ to find ____ out that I (not
do)_____ h n’ one_____ the laundry yet.
5. _____ Had you stayed____ (you / stay) in your room before your mother (find)___ found _____
you?
6. By the time we (arrive)_____ arrived ____ at the station, the train (already leave) ____ had already
left ____ for 15 minutes.
7. When Jim (come) ______came_____ home, he (be)____was ___ angry (realize)___ to
realize______ that someone (break)____ had broken ____ into his house.
8. ____ Was it_____ (it / be) hard for you (understand)____ to understa____ the lesson yesterday?
9. As soon as the teacher (walk)_____ walked ______ into the classroom, she (be)_____ wast ______
surprised that her students (prepare)____ had prepared_____ a birthday present for her.
10. _____ Were you_____ (you / be) confident that you would win the competition?
Bài 10: Dựa vào những từ cho sẵn, viết câu hoàn chỉnh
1. By / the / time / Peter / everyone / already / leave.

By the time Peter came, everyone had already left.
2. They / really / enjoy / themselves / at / party / before / they / have / go / home.
They had really enjoyed themselves at the party before they had to go home.
3. It / be / boring / me / learn / Japanese / before / I / have / new / teacher.
It had been boring for me to learn Japanese before I had a new teacher.
T EU VE Page 181
4. Yesterday / it / surprising / that / my sister / cook / dinner / before / I / come / home.

Yesterday it was surprising that my sister had cooked dinner.
5. I / annoyed / that / my brother / not / clean / the house / before / he / go / out.
I w s nnoye h my b o he h n’ le ne he ho se befo e he wen o
6. You / happy / know / that / your mother / give / you / a special / gift / yesterday?
Were you happy to know that your mother gave you a special gift yesterday?
7. Peter / disappointed / know / his / final scores.
Peter was disappointed to know his final scores.
8. It / difficult / me / accept / the fact / that / I / not / get / that / job.
It w s iffi l fo me o ep he f h I i n’ ge h job
Bài 11: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng
It is not difficult (1)_________ to imagine how life used to be in the past. My grandfather
(2)_________ keen on telling me about people and things of his generation before he (3)_________
away. According to what he said, life in the Vietnamese traditional village was very peaceful,
(4)_________ it was exciting. People often lived very closely to others and they formed a neat society.
Although there weren‟t any convenient means of communication such as telephone or email, people
still kept in touch and interacted with each other. They were very happy (5)_________ their stories
with their family and neighbors. Sometimes, they even (6)_________ their neighbors as relatives and
always supported others. It was very common in those days (7)_________ villages to gather up in the
communal house to watch TV or listen to radio together because there was often only one or two TV in
a small village. My grandfather said that he preferred life in the past (8)_________ the modern life
since people were friendlier and more caring.
1. A. for me B. for my C. to me D. that I

2. A. has always been B. had always been C. was always D. is always
3. A. has passed B. had passed C. passed D. passes
4. A. when B. although C. yet D. instead
5. A. shared B. sharing C. shares D. to share
T EU VE Page 182
6. A. called B. regarded C. made D. turned

7. A. to B. on C. for D. that
8. A. to B. on C. than D. that
Bài 12: Đọc đoạn văn sau và trả lời câu hỏi.
Polyester is now being used for bottles. ICI, the chemicals and plastics company, believes that it
is now beginning to break the grip of glass on the bottle business and thus take advantage of this huge
market.
All the plastics manufacturers have been experiencing hard times as their traditional products
have been doing badly world-wide for the last few years. Between 1982 and 1984 the Plastics Division
of ICI had lost a hundred and twenty million dollars, and they felt that the most hopeful new market
was in packaging, bottles and cans.
Since 1982 it has opened three new factories producing “Melinar”, the raw material from which
high quality polyester bottles are made.
The polyester bottle was born in the 1970s, when soft drinks companies like Coca Cola started
selling their drinks in giant two-litre containers. Because of the build-up of the pressure of gas in these
large containers, glass was unsuitable. Nor was PVC, the plastic which had been used for bottles since
the 1960s, suitable for drinks with gas in them. A new plastic had to be made.
Glass is still cheaper for the smaller bottles, and will continue to be so unless oil and plastic
become much cheaper, but plastic does well for the larger sizes.
Polyester bottles are virtually unbreakable. The manufacturers claim they are also lighter, less
noisy when being handled, and can be re-used. Shopkeepers and other business people are unlikely to
object to a change from glass to polyester, since these bottles mean few breakages, which are costly
and time-consuming. The public, though, have been more difficult to persuade. ICI‟s commercial
department are developing different bottles with interesting shapes to try to make them visually more
attractive to the public.
T EU VE Page 183
The next step could be to develop a plastic which could replace tins for food. The problem here
is the high temperatures necessary for cooking the food in the container.
1. Plastics of various kinds have been used for making bottles

A. since 1982 B. since the 1970s but only for large bottles
C. since the 1960s but not for liquids with gas in them
D. since companies like Coca Cola first tried them.
2. Why was ICI‟s Plastics Division interested in polyester for bottles?
A. The other things they make are not selling well.
B. Glass manufacturers cannot make enough new bottles.
C. They have factories which could be adapted to make it.
D. The price of oil keeps changing.
3. Why aren‟t all bottles now made of polyester?
A. The price of oil and plastic has risen B. It is not suitable for containing gassy drinks
C. The public like traditional glass bottles D. Shop keepers dislike re-useable bottles.
4. Manufacturers think polyester bottles are better than glass bottles because they ___________.
A. Are cheaper B. are more suited to small sizes
C. are more exciting to look at D. do not break easily
5. Plastic containers for holding food in the same way as cans
A. have been used for many years B. are an idea that interests the plastics companies
C. are possible, but only for hot food D. are the first things being made in the new factories
PRACTISE TEST
UNIT 6: THE ENVIRONMENT
I. From each number, pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from
the others.
T EU VE Page 184
1. A. happy B. hour C. high D. hotel
2. A. so B. coat C. note D. bottom
3. A. put B. luck C. lung D. drunk
4. A. bare B. car C. card D. farm
5. A. come B. love C. women D. some
6. A. many B. make C. fate D. pain
7. A. heat B. sweat C. threat D. thread
8. A. climb B. dictionary C. economic D. six
9. A. beg B. age C. gather D. guess
10. A. children B. choose C. child D. mechanic
Key: 1. B; 2. D; 3. A; 4. A; 5. C; 6. A; 7. C; 8. A; 9. B; 10. D;
II. From each number, pick out one word which has the stress on the first syllable.
1. A. garbage B. junkyard C. protect D. treasure
2. A. collected B. published C. protected D. provided
3. A. recycle B. refreshment C. creatures D. reuse
4. A. limitation B. intermediate C. desforestation D. disappointed
5. A. garbage B. problem C. solution D. sewage
Key: 1. C; 2. B; 3. C; 4. C; 5. C;
T EU VE Page 185
III. Choose the word or the phrase or sentence that best completes each unfinished sentence
below or that best keeps the meaning of the original sentence if it is substituted for the underlined
word or phrase.
1. _________ air is one of the many problems we have to solve.
A. Pure
B. Polluted
C. Dust
D. Pleasant
2. I‟ll be in trouble if I _________my passport.
A. lose
B. will lose
C. lost
D. would lose
3. We can eat at home or, ________ you prefer, we can go to a restaurant.
A. when
B. whether
C. if
D. which
4. If it is raining this evening, I_________.
A. will go out
B. don‟t go out
C. go out
D. won‟t go out
5. Minh‟s English is excellent. He speaks________.
A. perfectly English
B. English perfectly
C. perfect English
D. English perfect
6. I‟m disappointed _________ people have spoiled this area.
A that
B. when
C. if
D. how
7. He ________ to find a job but he had no luck.
A. hardly tried
B. hard tried
C. tried hardly
D. tried hard
8. We couldn‟t go on a picnic as planned __________ it was raining.
A. however
B. but
C. because
D. so
9. If he ________ hard today, can he have a holiday tomorrow?
A. works
T EU VE Page 186
B. will work
C. worked
D. would work
10. ________we were tired, we sat down beside the stream.
A. Because of
B. If
C. As
D. And
11. He _________to find a job, but he had no luck.
A. tried hard
B. hardly tried
C. tried hardly
D. try hardly
12. Solar energy doesn‟t cause __________.
A. pollution
B. polluted
C. pollute
D. pollutant
13. Are you lookingh forward ___________ my letter?
A. to see
B. to seeing
C. saw
D. seeing
14. "___________” means a piece of land full of rubbish.
A. junkyard
B. treasure
C. hedge
D. stream
15. Dynamite _________ many years ago.
A. has invented
B. invented
C. was invented
D. were invented
16. Mary said to me "can you speak English?”
In reported speech the sentence will be:
She asked me _________
A. if I can speak English
B. if I could speak English.
C. If can I speak English
D. If I could speak English?
17. I live very far from school. I wish________
A. I lived far from school.
B. I lived close to school.
C. I live near the school now.
D. I don‟t live very far from school
T EU VE Page 187
18. If he __________ hard today, can he have a holiday tomorrow?

A. works
B. will work
C. worked
D. would worked
19. Because there _________ no buses, we had to take a taxi.
A. are
B. is
C. was
D. were
20. We plan to ________ this Saturday.
A. go hiked
B. go hiking
C. go to hike
D. go hike
21. I‟ll have to buy a map _________ I don‟t know this area.
A. if
B. because
C. when
D. because of
22. It is recommended that he __________ this course.
A. took
B. take
C. take
D. taking
23. He‟s running so fast. I __________ catch up with him.
A. cannot hardly
B. can hardly
C. not hardly
D. could hardly
24. It is important that he _________ take the final examination.
A. has to
B. have to
C. had to
D. having to
25. I will be __________if she manages to sell that motorbike at a high price.
A. surprised
B. surprise
C. surprising .
D. to surprise
26. Unless you understand. I __________ explain it again to you
A. am
B. was
C. will.
D. would
T EU VE Page 188
27. If you know where she lives, please let me__________

A. know
B. knew
C. known
D. to know'
28. If he ______ a student, he will get a discount.
A. were
B. was
C. were
D. will be
29. ______ you are interested in this film, don't go to see it at any cost.
A. Unless
B. If
C. Because
D. So
30. If you like that book. l will give it______you as my present.
A. to
B. from
C. at
D. for
31. If you are busy, we ________ this by ourselves.
A. will do
B. did
C. would do
D. doing
32. How about ______ dinner with us on Sunday?
A. to have
B. have
C. have had
D. having
33. My brother is very fond of ______ to pop and rock music.
A. listen
B. to listen
C. listening
D. listens
34. Life today is very different ______ life 50 years ago.
A. to
B. from
C. with
D. at
35. My uncle is a ______. He often does research in his laboratory.
A. science
B. scientist
C. scientific
D. scientists
T EU VE Page 189
36. My father arrives in Singapore ______Monday evening.

A. in
B. at
C. from
D. on
37. John goes to his office every day except Sunday. ______ Sundays he stays at home.
A. On
B. At
C. In
D. From
38. I hope the weather will be nice ______ the weekend.
A. in
B. to
C. at
D. between
39. Would you like ______ to a party on Saturday?
A. come
B. coming
C. to come
D. will come
40. Helen is always in the kitchen. She enjoys ______.
A. cook
B. to cook
C. cooks
D. cooking
41. People wanted to see the opening of the ceremony, _____they started leaving very early in the morning
A. because
B. so
C. but
D. and
42. Vietnamese women prefer to wear modern clothing ______ work.
A. at
B. in
C. to
D. with
43. He ______ with friends in an apartment in HCMC since last week.
A. living
B. has lived
C. lived
D. live
44. My mother said she ______ busy then
A. was
B. is
C. is being
D. being
T EU VE Page 190
45. My village lies near the ______ of the mountain and by the river.
A. leg
B. foot
C. feet
D. legs
46. If you don‟t study hard , you ______ the exam.
A. failed
B. will fail
C. fail
D. have failed
47. It is Saturday , ______?
A. is it
B. it isn‟t
C. isn‟t it
D. wasn‟t it
48. She said that she ______ learning English with you.
A. like
B. liked
C. liking
D. to like
49. They ______ their home village last Sunday.
A. visit
B. visited
C. was visiting
D. were visiting
50. He was born ______ March 25 , 1992.
A. at
B. on
C. in
D. for
Key: 1. A; 2. A; 3. C; 4. D; 5. B; 6. A; 7. B; 8. C; 9. A; 10. C;
11. A; 12. A; 13. B; 14. A; 15. C; 16. B; 17. B; 18. A; 19. C; 20. B;
21. B; 22. B; 23. B; 24. A; 25. A; 26. C; 27. A; 28. C; 29. A; 30. A;
31. A; 32. D; 33. C; 34. B; 35. B; 36. D; 37. A; 38. C; 39. C; 40. D;
41. B; 42. A; 43. B; 44. A; 45. B; 46. B; 47. C; 48. B; 49. B; 50. B;
IV. Match a line in column A with a line in column B to make a meaningful
A B
1. If people use public transport, a. I can‟t sleep.
2. You‟ll learn English more easily b. will you give her flowers?
3. If they don‟t give him the job, c. if he does exercise regularly.
4. If I drink coffee at night, d. I don‟t know what he will do.
5. You will speak English well e. there will be less pollution
6. If you see her f. if someone enters the building.
T EU VE Page 191
7. The alarm goes off g. if you have more practice.

8. Henry may lose weight h. if you study a little every day.
1. ____; 2. ____; 3. ____; 4. ____; 5. ____; 6. ____; 7. ____; 8. ____.
Key: 1. e; 2. h; 3. d; 4. a; 5. g; 6. b; 7. f; 8. c;
V. Complete the sentences with because/ as/ since/ if/ when, or so.
1. We decided to go out to eat _______ we had no food at home.
2. He has a very important job _______ he is particularly well-paid.
3. Can I borrow that book _______ you‟ve finished it?
4. No one was watching the television _______ I switched it off.
5. _______ she changed a lot, we didn‟t recognize her.
6. _______ you‟ve ready, we can start now.
7. I‟m going away for a few days, I‟ll phone you _______ I get back.
8. You should inform the police _______ your bicycle is stolen.
9. Mathew went to bed _______ it was too late to go out.
10. _______ you drive without driving license, you‟re breaking the law.
11. ________the weather was bad, they delayed their trip.
12. He will buy a new car _______ he saves up.
13. I can‟t drive fast _______ the street is very crowded.
Key: 1. because; 2. so; 3. if; 4. so; 5. As/ since; 6. if;
7. when; 8. when/ if; 9. because/ as; 10. when 11. because/ since/ as; 12. because/ since
VI. Fill in the blanks with proper words, then answer the following questions.
scientists/ pollution/ serious/ factories
exhaust/ reduce/ require/ percentage
Everyone wants to reduce (1) _______. But the pollution problem is as complicated as it is (2) _______. It is
complicated because much pollution is caused by things that benefit people. For example, (3) _______ from
automobile caused large (4) _______ of air pollution. But the automobile provides transportation to millions of
people. (5) _______ discharge much of the material that pollutes air and water, but factories give employment
to a large number of people.
Thus, to end or greatly (6) _______ pollutions immediately, people would have to stop using many things that
benefit them. Most people do not want to do that, of course. But pollution can be gradually reduces in several
ways, (7) _______ and engineers can work to find ways t lessen the amount of pollution that such things as
automobiles and factories cause. Government can pass and enforce laws that (8) _______ businesses and
individuals to stop, or cut down on certain polluting activities.
Key: 1. pollution; 2. serious; 3. exhaust;. 4. percentage; 5. factories; 6. reduce; 7. scientists; 8.

require;
EXERCISE 1
Make sentences using the words given. Using that - clause. Thành lập câu bằng cách sử dụng những từ
cho sẵn. Sử dụng that - clause.
1. I/ glad/ you/ feeling/ better.
T EU VE Page 192
2. We/ surprised/ that/ find/ had/ left/ already/ he.

3. I/ anxious./ he/ shouldn‟t/ find out.
4. It/ obvious/ they/ happy together.
5. It/ funny/ her mother/ should/ do/ a thing like that.
EXERCISE 2
1. I/ certain/ you/ enjoyed/ the fish.
2. We/ worried/ there/ no life guards/ duty.
3. Juliette/ sure/ she/ could/ identify/ her/ attacker.
4. It/ essential/ they/ should/ told/ immediately.
5. The organizers/ sorry/ nothing/ should/ go wrong.
EXECISE 3
1. We/ determined/ our experiment is wrong.
2. I/ confident/ my new plan will soon/ accepted.
3. He/ aware/ he‟ll fail in the last term/ if he‟s lazy.
4. They/ unaware/ the weather goes bad.
5. We/ happy/ our merchandises are become better all/ time.
EXERCISE 4
Make these sentences using the words given. Using that - clause. Thành lập câu bằng cách sử dụng từ
1. His son/ annoyed/ his bike is out of order.
2. People/ afraid/ the next flight/ will/ cancelled.
3. I/ delighted/ I/ afford/ build/ new villa.
T EU VE Page 193
4. We/ proud/ everyone/ now/ watch good programmes/ every night.

5. They/ eager/ they/ afford/ buy/ new flat.
EXERCISE 5
Make the sentences using the words given. Using that - clause. Thành lập câu bằng cách sử dụng từ cho
sẵn. Sử dụng that - clause.
1. It/ good/ computer is now/ used/ teach large classes.
2. It/ true/ some cities/ more/ one broadcast station.
3. It/ terrible/ drug/ being invaded everywhere.
4. It/ shocked/ me/ Peter/ not tell/ anybody/ where/ he/ be.
5. It conscious/ many poor people/ be homeless.
EXERCISE 6
1. it/ interesting/ you should like them.
2. It/ important/ she comes straight/ me/ when she arrives.
3. It/ probable/ we‟ll be/ little later.
4. It/ really astonishing/ she refused to discuss the affair with him.
5. It/ true/ she/ be to France twice.
EXERCISE 7
Make sentences using the words given. Using that- clause. Thành lập câu bằng cách sử dụng những từ
1. It/ seems/ obvious/ we can‟t go/ like this.
2. It/ interesting/ you should do again.
3. It/ nice/ we met together/ the night club.
4. It/ worried/ she didn‟t send it to me.
5. It/ difficult/everyone doesn‟t understand his explanation.
ANSWER KEYS
T EU VE Page 194
EXERCISE 1
1. I‟m glad (that) you‟re feeling better.
2. We were surprised to find that he had already left.
3. I‟m anxious (that) he shouldn‟t find out.
4. It‟s obvious (that) they‟re happy together.
5. It‟s funny (that) her mother should do a thing like that.
EXERCISE 2
1. I‟m certain (that) you enjoyed the fish.
2. We were worried (that) there were no life guard on duty.
3. Juliette was sure (that) she could indentify her attacker.
4. It is essential (that) they should be told immediately.
5. The organizers were sorry (that) nothing should go wrong.
EXERCISE 3
1. We‟re determined (that) our experiment is wrong.
2. I‟m confident (that) my new plan will soon be accepted.
3. He‟s aware (that) he‟ll fail in the last term if he‟s lazy.
4. They‟re unaware (that) the weather goes bad.
5. We‟re happy (that) our merchandises are becoming better all the time.
EXERCISE 4
1.His son is annoyed (that) his bike is out of order.
2. People are afraid (that) the next flight will be cancelled.
3. I‟m delighted (that) I can afford to build a new villa.
4. We‟re proud (that) everyone can now watch good programes every night.
5. They‟re eager (that) they can afford to buy a new flat.
EXERCISE 5
1. It‟s good (that) computer is now used to teaching large classes.
2. It‟s true (that) some cities have more than one broadcast sation.
T EU VE Page 195
3. It‟s terrible (that) drug is being invaded everywhere.

4. It schocked me (that) Peter didn‟t tell anybody where he was.
5. It‟s conscious (that) many poor people are homeless.
EXERCISE 6
1. It‟s interesting (that) you should like them.
2. It‟s important (that) she comes straight to me when she arrives.
3. It‟s probable (that) we‟ll be a little late.
4. It‟s really astonishing (that) she refused to discuss the affair with him.
5. It‟s true (that) she has been to France twice.
EXERCISE 7
1. It seem obvious (that) we can‟t go like this.
2. It was interesting (that) you should do again.
3. It was nice (that) we met together at the night club.
4. It was worried (that) she didn‟t send it to me.
5. It‟s difficult (that) everyone doesn‟t understand his explanation
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
UNIT 7: SAVING ENERGY
TIẾT KIỆM NĂNG LƢỢNG
VOCABULARY
- energy /ˈenədʒi/ (n): năng lƣợng
- bill /bɪl/ (n): hóa đơn
- enormous /ɪˈnɔːməs/(a): quá nhiều, to lớn
- reduce /rɪˈdjuːs/(v): giảm
+ reduction /rɪˈdʌkʃn/ (n): sự giảm lại
- plumber /ˈplʌmə(r)/ (n): thợ sửa ống nƣớc
- crack /kræk/ (n): đƣờng nứt
- pipe/paɪp/ (n): đƣờng ống (nƣớc)
- bath /bɑːθ/ (n): bồn tắm
- faucet /ˈfɔːsɪt/ (n) = tap: vòi nƣớc
- drip/drɪp/ (v): chảy thành giọt
- right away = immediately: (adv) ngay lập tức
- folk /fəʊk/ (n): ngƣời
- explanation /ˌekspləˈneɪʃn/(n): lời giải thích
- bubble /ˈbʌbl/ (n): bong bóng
- valuable /ˈvæljuəbl/ (a): quí giá
- keep on = go on = continue: tiếp tục
- minimize /ˈmɪnɪmaɪz/ (v): giảm đến tối thiểu
- complain to s.o /kəmˈpleɪn/ (v): than phiền, phàn nàn
T EU VE Page 196

Bài Tập Bổ Trợ Nâng Cao Tiếng Anh 9 Chương Trình Cũ (Hệ 7 Năm) - Bản Gv (330 Trang)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Bài Tập Bổ Trợ Nâng Cao Tiếng Anh 9 Chương Trình Cũ (Hệ 7 Năm) - Bản Gv (330 Trang)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

BÀI TẬP BỔ TRỢ NÂNG

CAO TIẾNG ANH

Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú

BÀI TẬP BỔ TRỢ NÂNG CAO TIẾNG ANH 9

Tài liệu chuẩn tham khảo

Hỗ trợ trực tuyến

UNIT 1: A VISIT FROM A PEN PAL

+ religious /rɪˈlɪdʒəs/ (a) thuộc về tôn giáo

1. WISH + (that) clause.

e.g.: I wish (I that) I had a good memory.

(Ƣớc gì tôi có trí nhớ tốt.)

He wishes (that) he knew many languages.

(Anh ấy ƣớc gì anh ấy biết nhiều ngôn ngữ.)

e.g.: He wishes (that) he were a president.

(Anh ấy ƣớc gì anh ấy là tổng thống.)

2. “IF ONLY + clause” .

Bài 4: Chia động từ trong ngoặc sao cho thích hợp

Bài 4: Chia động từ trong ngoặc sao cho thích hợp

0. I don‟t have a computer now.

I. Choose A, B, C or D to complete the following sentence:

D. How long has their work done?

UNIT 1: A VISIT FROM A PEN PAL - TEST 1

A. will he B. shall we C. won’t we D. shan’t we

48. Vietnamese people are very ………. and hospitable.

83. I don’t have time to go around the city.

93. How long is it since you saw Tom?

91. I‟d rather you kept silent in the classroom.

UNIT 1: A VISIT FROM A PEN PAL - TEST 2

21. Leave it ………. it is.

 Hung is not .....................................................................................................................................................

 Do you know ................................................................................................................................................?

 This book is as………..................................................................................................................................

 Shall I have to …...........................................................................................................................................?

91. The garden is ……………….. with trees and flowers. (beauty)

92. They enjoy the …………….. atmosphere here. (peace)

93. The ………….. unit of currency is the Ringgit. (Malaysia)

94. In ………….., there are other religions. (add)

98. The language of …………. is Bahasa Malaysia. (instruct)

99. Ao Dai is the …………. dress of Vietnamese women. (tradition)

100……………, Ao Dai is worn by women. (tradition)

majority coast industries produces country

101. 102. 103. 104. 105.

106. 107. 108. 109. 110.

122. A: You / like / me / take / work? ~ B: Thanks / but / I / rather / walk.

124. A: We / watch / soccer match / TV / tonight? ~ B: I / rather / we / study /exam.

125. A: What / you / do / last night? ~ B: I / go / Water Puppet Theater.

126. Maryam was really impressed …….….. the beauty of Hue.

127. It seems difficult …….. to meet her now.

128. He doesn‟t depend ……… his parents.

129. If you have any troubles, ask ……. help.

130. This guide book is full ……. useful information.

132. He will go to China ……… the end ….. this week.

133. She went out …………. Saying a word.

134. What do you often do ……….. the weekends?

135. She was born ………… September 15th.

+ sleeveless /ˈsliːvləs/ (a): không có tay

BÀI TẬP VẬN DỤNG CƠ BẢN

Bài 1: Khoanh tròn vào đáp án đúng.

1. Yesterday my brother (bought/was bought me) a new T-shirt.

2. Who (was broken/broke) the vase?

3. Yesterday I was having dinner when my door (was knocked/was knocking).

4. At the moment my car (is polishing/is being polished) by my brother.

6. The early train to Manchester city (leaves/is left) at 6 am tomorrow.

8. If you work hard, you (will reward/will be rewarded).

10. Which dress (chose/was chosen) to wear by Jane last night?

12. The children (are looking/are being looked) after by a babysister.

1. I (usually take) ______________to the cinema by my parents every month.

9. The grain _________ to the factory, where it _ and ______________.